src/generic/grid.cpp

   1 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
   2 // Name:        src/generic/grid.cpp
   3 // Purpose:     wxGrid and related classes
   4 // Author:      Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn)
   5 // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin, Santiago Palacios
   6 // Created:     1/08/1999
   7 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
   8 // Copyright:   (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au)
   9 // Licence:     wxWindows licence
  10 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  11
  12 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
  13 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
  14
  15 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
  16     #pragma hdrstop
  17 #endif
  18
  19 #if wxUSE_GRID
  20
  21 #include "wx/grid.h"
  22
  23 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
  24     #include "wx/utils.h"
  25     #include "wx/dcclient.h"
  26     #include "wx/settings.h"
  27     #include "wx/log.h"
  28     #include "wx/textctrl.h"
  29     #include "wx/checkbox.h"
  30     #include "wx/combobox.h"
  31     #include "wx/valtext.h"
  32     #include "wx/intl.h"
  33     #include "wx/math.h"
  34     #include "wx/listbox.h"
  35 #endif
  36
  37 #include "wx/textfile.h"
  38 #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
  39 #include "wx/tokenzr.h"
  40 #include "wx/renderer.h"
  41
  42 #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h"
  43
  44 const wxChar wxGridNameStr[] = wxT("grid");
  45
  46 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
  47     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  WXUNUSED(identifier)
  48 #else
  49     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  identifier
  50 #endif
  51
  52 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
  53     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    WXUNUSED(identifier)
  54 #else
  55     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    identifier
  56 #endif
  57
  58 // Required for wxIs... functions
  59 #include <ctype.h>
  60
  61 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  62 // array classes
  63 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  64
  65 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs,
  66                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  67
  68 struct wxGridCellWithAttr
  69 {
  70     wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_)
  71         : coords(row, col), attr(attr_)
  72     {
  73     }
  74
  75     ~wxGridCellWithAttr()
  76     {
  77         attr->DecRef();
  78     }
  79
  80     wxGridCellCoords coords;
  81     wxGridCellAttr  *attr;
  82
  83 // Cannot do this:
  84 //  DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellWithAttr)
  85 // without rewriting the macros, which require a public copy constructor.
  86 };
  87
  88 WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray,
  89                               class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  90
  91 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
  92
  93 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray)
  94 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray)
  95
  96 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  97 // events
  98 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  99
 100 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK)
 101 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 102 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 103 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 104 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG)
 105 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK)
 106 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 107 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 108 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 109 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE)
 110 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE)
 111 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE)
 112 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT)
 113 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE)
 114 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL)
 115 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN)
 116 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN)
 117 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED)
 118
 119 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 120 // private classes
 121 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 122
 123 // common base class for various grid subwindows
 124 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridSubwindow : public wxWindow
 125 {
 126 public:
 127     wxGridSubwindow() { m_owner = NULL; }
 128     wxGridSubwindow(wxGrid *owner,
 129                     wxWindowID id,
 130                     const wxPoint& pos,
 131                     const wxSize& size,
 132                     int additionalStyle = 0,
 133                     const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
 134         : wxWindow(owner, id, pos, size,
 135                    wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | additionalStyle,
 136                    name)
 137     {
 138         m_owner = owner;
 139     }
 140
 141     wxGrid *GetOwner() { return m_owner; }
 142
 143 protected:
 144     void OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& event);
 145
 146     wxGrid *m_owner;
 147
 148     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 149     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridSubwindow)
 150 };
 151
 152 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 153 {
 154 public:
 155     wxGridRowLabelWindow() { }
 156     wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 157                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 158
 159 private:
 160     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 161     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 162     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 163     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 164     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 165     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 166
 167     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 168     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 169     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 170 };
 171
 172
 173 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 174 {
 175 public:
 176     wxGridColLabelWindow() { }
 177     wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 178                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 179
 180 private:
 181     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 182     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 183     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 184     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 185     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 186     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 187
 188     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 189     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 190     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 191 };
 192
 193
 194 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 195 {
 196 public:
 197     wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { }
 198     wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 199                              const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 200
 201 private:
 202     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 203     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 204     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 205     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 206     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 207     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 208
 209     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 210     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 211     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 212 };
 213
 214 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 215 {
 216 public:
 217     wxGridWindow()
 218     {
 219         m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
 220         m_colLabelWin = NULL;
 221     }
 222
 223     wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
 224                   wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
 225                   wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
 226                   wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 227
 228     void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect );
 229
 230 private:
 231     wxGridRowLabelWindow     *m_rowLabelWin;
 232     wxGridColLabelWindow     *m_colLabelWin;
 233
 234     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
 235     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 236     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 237     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& );
 238     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 239     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 240     void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& );
 241     void OnFocus( wxFocusEvent& );
 242
 243     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 244     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 245     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 246 };
 247
 248
 249 class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler
 250 {
 251 public:
 252     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 253         : m_grid(grid),
 254           m_editor(editor),
 255           m_inSetFocus(false)
 256     {
 257     }
 258
 259     void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
 260     void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
 261     void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
 262
 263     void SetInSetFocus(bool inSetFocus) { m_inSetFocus = inSetFocus; }
 264
 265 private:
 266     wxGrid             *m_grid;
 267     wxGridCellEditor   *m_editor;
 268
 269     // Work around the fact that a focus kill event can be sent to
 270     // a combobox within a set focus event.
 271     bool                m_inSetFocus;
 272
 273     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 274     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 275     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 276 };
 277
 278
 279 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler)
 280
 281 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler )
 282     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus )
 283     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown )
 284     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar )
 285 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 286
 287
 288 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 289 // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider
 290 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 291
 292 // this class stores attributes set for cells
 293 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrData
 294 {
 295 public:
 296     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col);
 297     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const;
 298     void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows );
 299     void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols );
 300
 301 private:
 302     // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found
 303     int FindIndex(int row, int col) const;
 304
 305     wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs;
 306 };
 307
 308 // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns
 309 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowOrColAttrData
 310 {
 311 public:
 312     // empty ctor to suppress warnings
 313     wxGridRowOrColAttrData() {}
 314     ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData();
 315
 316     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol);
 317     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const;
 318     void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols );
 319
 320 private:
 321     wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols;
 322     wxArrayAttrs m_attrs;
 323 };
 324
 325 // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell
 326 //     attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones
 327 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData
 328 {
 329 public:
 330     wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs;
 331     wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs,
 332                            m_colAttrs;
 333 };
 334
 335
 336 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 337 // data structures used for the data type registry
 338 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 339
 340 struct wxGridDataTypeInfo
 341 {
 342     wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName,
 343                        wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 344                        wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 345         : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor)
 346         {}
 347
 348     ~wxGridDataTypeInfo()
 349     {
 350         wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer);
 351         wxSafeDecRef(m_editor);
 352     }
 353
 354     wxString            m_typeName;
 355     wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer;
 356     wxGridCellEditor*   m_editor;
 357
 358     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridDataTypeInfo)
 359 };
 360
 361
 362 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray,
 363                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 364
 365
 366 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry
 367 {
 368 public:
 369   wxGridTypeRegistry() {}
 370     ~wxGridTypeRegistry();
 371
 372     void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
 373                      wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 374                      wxGridCellEditor* editor);
 375
 376     // find one of already registered data types
 377     int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 378
 379     // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of
 380     // standard typenames, register it and return its index
 381     int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 382
 383     // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already
 384     // registered data types with some params in which case clone the
 385     // registered data type and set params for it
 386     int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 387
 388     wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index);
 389     wxGridCellEditor*   GetEditor(int index);
 390
 391 private:
 392     wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo;
 393 };
 394
 395
 396 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 397 // conditional compilation
 398 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 399
 400 #ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
 401 #define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1
 402 #endif
 403
 404 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 405 // globals
 406 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 407
 408 //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 409 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 410     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0;
 411     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0;
 412 #endif
 413
 414 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 415 // constants
 416 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 417
 418 wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 );
 419 wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
 420
 421 // scroll line size
 422 // TODO: this doesn't work at all, grid cells have different sizes and approx
 423 //       calculations don't work as because of the size mismatch scrollbars
 424 //       sometimes fail to be shown when they should be or vice versa
 425 //
 426 //       The scroll bars may be a little flakey once in a while, but that is
 427 //       surely much less horrible than having scroll lines of only 1!!!
 428 //       -- Robin
 429 //
 430 //       Well, it's still seriously broken so it might be better but needs
 431 //       fixing anyhow
 432 //       -- Vadim
 433 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15;  // 1;
 434 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 435
 436 // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements
 437 // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns)
 438 static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100;
 439
 440 #if 0
 441 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 442 // private functions
 443 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 444
 445 static inline int GetScrollX(int x)
 446 {
 447     return (x + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 448 }
 449
 450 static inline int GetScrollY(int y)
 451 {
 452     return (y + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
 453 }
 454 #endif
 455
 456 // ============================================================================
 457 // implementation
 458 // ============================================================================
 459
 460 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 461 // wxGridCellEditor
 462 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 463
 464 wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor()
 465 {
 466     m_control = NULL;
 467     m_attr = NULL;
 468 }
 469
 470 wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor()
 471 {
 472     Destroy();
 473 }
 474
 475 void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent),
 476                               wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id),
 477                               wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 478 {
 479     if ( evtHandler )
 480         m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler);
 481 }
 482
 483 void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
 484                                        wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 485 {
 486     // erase the background because we might not fill the cell
 487     wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent());
 488     wxGridWindow* gridWindow = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetParent(), wxGridWindow);
 489     if (gridWindow)
 490         gridWindow->GetOwner()->PrepareDC(dc);
 491
 492     dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
 493     dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID));
 494     dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell);
 495
 496     // redraw the control we just painted over
 497     m_control->Refresh();
 498 }
 499
 500 void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy()
 501 {
 502     if (m_control)
 503     {
 504         m_control->PopEventHandler( true /* delete it*/ );
 505
 506         m_control->Destroy();
 507         m_control = NULL;
 508     }
 509 }
 510
 511 void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 512 {
 513     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 514
 515     m_control->Show(show);
 516
 517     if ( show )
 518     {
 519         // set the colours/fonts if we have any
 520         if ( attr )
 521         {
 522             m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour();
 523             m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour());
 524
 525             m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour();
 526             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour());
 527
 528 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 529 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 530             m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont();
 531             m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont());
 532 #endif
 533
 534             // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other
 535             // attributes may only be used by the derived classes
 536         }
 537     }
 538     else
 539     {
 540         // restore the standard colours fonts
 541         if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() )
 542         {
 543             m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld);
 544             m_colFgOld = wxNullColour;
 545         }
 546
 547         if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() )
 548         {
 549             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld);
 550             m_colBgOld = wxNullColour;
 551         }
 552
 553 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 554 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 555         if ( m_fontOld.Ok() )
 556         {
 557             m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld);
 558             m_fontOld = wxNullFont;
 559         }
 560 #endif
 561     }
 562 }
 563
 564 void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect)
 565 {
 566     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 567
 568     m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE);
 569 }
 570
 571 void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event)
 572 {
 573     event.Skip();
 574 }
 575
 576 bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 577 {
 578     bool ctrl = event.ControlDown();
 579     bool alt  = event.AltDown();
 580
 581 #ifdef __WXMAC__
 582     // On the Mac the Alt key is more like shift and is used for entry of
 583     // valid characters, so check for Ctrl and Meta instead.
 584     alt = event.MetaDown();
 585 #endif
 586
 587     // Assume it's not a valid char if ctrl or alt is down, but if both are
 588     // down then it may be because of an AltGr key combination, so let them
 589     // through in that case.
 590     if ((ctrl || alt) && !(ctrl && alt))
 591         return false;
 592
 593     int key = 0;
 594     bool keyOk = true;
 595
 596 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
 597     // If it's a F-Key or other special key then it shouldn't start the
 598     // editor.
 599     if (event.GetKeyCode() >= WXK_START)
 600         return false;
 601 #endif
 602 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 603     // if the unicode key code is not really a unicode character (it may
 604     // be a function key or etc., the platforms appear to always give us a
 605     // small value in this case) then fallback to the ASCII key code but
 606     // don't do anything for function keys or etc.
 607     key = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 608     if (key <= 127)
 609     {
 610         key = event.GetKeyCode();
 611         keyOk = (key <= 127);
 612     }
 613 #else
 614     key = event.GetKeyCode();
 615     keyOk = (key <= 255);
 616 #endif
 617
 618     return keyOk;
 619 }
 620
 621 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 622 {
 623     event.Skip();
 624 }
 625
 626 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick()
 627 {
 628 }
 629
 630 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
 631
 632 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 633 // wxGridCellTextEditor
 634 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 635
 636 wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor()
 637 {
 638     m_maxChars = 0;
 639 }
 640
 641 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 642                                   wxWindowID id,
 643                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 644 {
 645     DoCreate(parent, id, evtHandler);
 646 }
 647
 648 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoCreate(wxWindow* parent,
 649                                     wxWindowID id,
 650                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler,
 651                                     long style)
 652 {
 653     style |= wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER |
 654              wxTE_PROCESS_TAB |
 655              wxTE_AUTO_SCROLL |
 656              wxNO_BORDER;
 657
 658     m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
 659                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 660                                style);
 661
 662     // set max length allowed in the textctrl, if the parameter was set
 663     if ( m_maxChars != 0 )
 664     {
 665         Text()->SetMaxLength(m_maxChars);
 666     }
 667
 668     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 669 }
 670
 671 void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell),
 672                                            wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr))
 673 {
 674     // as we fill the entire client area,
 675     // don't do anything here to minimize flicker
 676 }
 677
 678 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig)
 679 {
 680     wxRect rect(rectOrig);
 681
 682     // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal margins
 683     //
 684     // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for unix
 685     //
 686 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
 687     if (rect.x != 0)
 688     {
 689         rect.x += 1;
 690         rect.y += 1;
 691         rect.width -= 1;
 692         rect.height -= 1;
 693     }
 694 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
 695     if ( rect.x == 0 )
 696         rect.x += 2;
 697     else
 698         rect.x += 3;
 699
 700     if ( rect.y == 0 )
 701         rect.y += 2;
 702     else
 703         rect.y += 3;
 704
 705     rect.width -= 2;
 706     rect.height -= 2;
 707 #else
 708     int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 709     int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 710
 711     #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
 712         extra_x *= 2;
 713         extra_y *= 2;
 714     #endif
 715
 716     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) );
 717     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) );
 718     rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2 * extra_x );
 719     rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2 * extra_y );
 720 #endif
 721
 722     wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect);
 723 }
 724
 725 void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 726 {
 727     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 728
 729     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
 730
 731     DoBeginEdit(m_startValue);
 732 }
 733
 734 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue)
 735 {
 736     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 737     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 738     Text()->SetSelection(-1, -1);
 739     Text()->SetFocus();
 740 }
 741
 742 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 743 {
 744     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 745
 746     bool changed = false;
 747     wxString value = Text()->GetValue();
 748     if (value != m_startValue)
 749         changed = true;
 750
 751     if (changed)
 752         grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
 753
 754     m_startValue = wxEmptyString;
 755
 756     // No point in setting the text of the hidden control
 757     //Text()->SetValue(m_startValue);
 758
 759     return changed;
 760 }
 761
 762 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset()
 763 {
 764     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 765
 766     DoReset(m_startValue);
 767 }
 768
 769 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue)
 770 {
 771     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 772     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 773 }
 774
 775 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 776 {
 777     return wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event);
 778 }
 779
 780 void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 781 {
 782     // Since this is now happening in the EVT_CHAR event EmulateKeyPress is no
 783     // longer an appropriate way to get the character into the text control.
 784     // Do it ourselves instead.  We know that if we get this far that we have
 785     // a valid character, so not a whole lot of testing needs to be done.
 786
 787     wxTextCtrl* tc = Text();
 788     wxChar ch;
 789     long pos;
 790
 791 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 792     ch = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 793     if (ch <= 127)
 794         ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 795 #else
 796     ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 797 #endif
 798
 799     switch (ch)
 800     {
 801         case WXK_DELETE:
 802             // delete the character at the cursor
 803             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 804             if (pos < tc->GetLastPosition())
 805                 tc->Remove(pos, pos + 1);
 806             break;
 807
 808         case WXK_BACK:
 809             // delete the character before the cursor
 810             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 811             if (pos > 0)
 812                 tc->Remove(pos - 1, pos);
 813             break;
 814
 815         default:
 816             tc->WriteText(ch);
 817             break;
 818     }
 819 }
 820
 821 void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent&
 822                                          WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) )
 823 {
 824 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)
 825     // wxMotif needs a little extra help...
 826     size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() );
 827     wxString s( Text()->GetValue() );
 828     s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos);
 829     Text()->SetValue(s);
 830     Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos );
 831 #else
 832     // the other ports can handle a Return key press
 833     //
 834     event.Skip();
 835 #endif
 836 }
 837
 838 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 839 {
 840     if ( !params )
 841     {
 842         // reset to default
 843         m_maxChars = 0;
 844     }
 845     else
 846     {
 847         long tmp;
 848         if ( params.ToLong(&tmp) )
 849         {
 850             m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp;
 851         }
 852         else
 853         {
 854             wxLogDebug( _T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str() );
 855         }
 856     }
 857 }
 858
 859 // return the value in the text control
 860 wxString wxGridCellTextEditor::GetValue() const
 861 {
 862     return Text()->GetValue();
 863 }
 864
 865 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 866 // wxGridCellNumberEditor
 867 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 868
 869 wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max)
 870 {
 871     m_min = min;
 872     m_max = max;
 873 }
 874
 875 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 876                                     wxWindowID id,
 877                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 878 {
 879 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 880     if ( HasRange() )
 881     {
 882         // create a spin ctrl
 883         m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString,
 884                                    wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 885                                    wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
 886                                    m_min, m_max);
 887
 888         wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 889     }
 890     else
 891 #endif
 892     {
 893         // just a text control
 894         wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 895
 896 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
 897         Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
 898 #endif
 899     }
 900 }
 901
 902 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 903 {
 904     // first get the value
 905     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
 906     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
 907     {
 908         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col);
 909     }
 910     else
 911     {
 912         m_valueOld = 0;
 913         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
 914         if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
 915         {
 916             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") );
 917             return;
 918         }
 919     }
 920
 921 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 922     if ( HasRange() )
 923     {
 924         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 925         Spin()->SetFocus();
 926     }
 927     else
 928 #endif
 929     {
 930         DoBeginEdit(GetString());
 931     }
 932 }
 933
 934 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
 935                                      wxGrid* grid)
 936 {
 937     bool changed;
 938     long value = 0;
 939     wxString text;
 940
 941 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 942     if ( HasRange() )
 943     {
 944         value = Spin()->GetValue();
 945         changed = value != m_valueOld;
 946         if (changed)
 947             text = wxString::Format(wxT("%ld"), value);
 948     }
 949     else
 950 #endif
 951     {
 952         text = Text()->GetValue();
 953         changed = (text.empty() || text.ToLong(&value)) && (value != m_valueOld);
 954     }
 955
 956     if ( changed )
 957     {
 958         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER))
 959             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value);
 960         else
 961             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
 962     }
 963
 964     return changed;
 965 }
 966
 967 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset()
 968 {
 969 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 970     if ( HasRange() )
 971     {
 972         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 973     }
 974     else
 975 #endif
 976     {
 977         DoReset(GetString());
 978     }
 979 }
 980
 981 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 982 {
 983     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
 984     {
 985         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 986         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
 987              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'))
 988         {
 989             return true;
 990         }
 991     }
 992
 993     return false;
 994 }
 995
 996 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 997 {
 998     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 999     if ( !HasRange() )
1000     {
1001         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-')
1002         {
1003             wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1004
1005             // skip Skip() below
1006             return;
1007         }
1008     }
1009 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1010     else
1011     {
1012         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) )
1013         {
1014             wxSpinCtrl* spin = (wxSpinCtrl*)m_control;
1015             spin->SetValue(keycode - '0');
1016             spin->SetSelection(1,1);
1017             return;
1018         }
1019     }
1020 #endif
1021
1022     event.Skip();
1023 }
1024
1025 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1026 {
1027     if ( !params )
1028     {
1029         // reset to default
1030         m_min =
1031         m_max = -1;
1032     }
1033     else
1034     {
1035         long tmp;
1036         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1037         {
1038             m_min = (int)tmp;
1039
1040             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1041             {
1042                 m_max = (int)tmp;
1043
1044                 // skip the error message below
1045                 return;
1046             }
1047         }
1048
1049         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1050     }
1051 }
1052
1053 // return the value in the spin control if it is there (the text control otherwise)
1054 wxString wxGridCellNumberEditor::GetValue() const
1055 {
1056     wxString s;
1057
1058 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1059     if ( HasRange() )
1060     {
1061         long value = Spin()->GetValue();
1062         s.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value);
1063     }
1064     else
1065 #endif
1066     {
1067         s = Text()->GetValue();
1068     }
1069
1070     return s;
1071 }
1072
1073 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1074 // wxGridCellFloatEditor
1075 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1076
1077 wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision)
1078 {
1079     m_width = width;
1080     m_precision = precision;
1081 }
1082
1083 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1084                                    wxWindowID id,
1085                                    wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1086 {
1087     wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1088
1089 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1090     Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
1091 #endif
1092 }
1093
1094 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1095 {
1096     // first get the value
1097     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
1098     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1099     {
1100         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
1101     }
1102     else
1103     {
1104         m_valueOld = 0.0;
1105         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
1106         if (! sValue.ToDouble(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
1107         {
1108             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") );
1109             return;
1110         }
1111     }
1112
1113     DoBeginEdit(GetString());
1114 }
1115
1116 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1117                                      wxGrid* grid)
1118 {
1119     double value = 0.0;
1120     wxString text(Text()->GetValue());
1121
1122     if ( (text.empty() || text.ToDouble(&value)) &&
1123             !wxIsSameDouble(value, m_valueOld) )
1124     {
1125         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT))
1126             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value);
1127         else
1128             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
1129
1130         return true;
1131     }
1132
1133     return false;
1134 }
1135
1136 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset()
1137 {
1138     DoReset(GetString());
1139 }
1140
1141 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1142 {
1143     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1144     char tmpbuf[2];
1145     tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1146     tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1147     wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1148
1149 #if wxUSE_INTL
1150     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf ==
1151        wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1152 #else
1153     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1154 #endif
1155
1156     if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'
1157          || is_decimal_point )
1158     {
1159         wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1160
1161         // skip Skip() below
1162         return;
1163     }
1164
1165     event.Skip();
1166 }
1167
1168 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1169 {
1170     if ( !params )
1171     {
1172         // reset to default
1173         m_width =
1174         m_precision = -1;
1175     }
1176     else
1177     {
1178         long tmp;
1179         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1180         {
1181             m_width = (int)tmp;
1182
1183             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1184             {
1185                 m_precision = (int)tmp;
1186
1187                 // skip the error message below
1188                 return;
1189             }
1190         }
1191
1192         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1193     }
1194 }
1195
1196 wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const
1197 {
1198     wxString fmt;
1199     if ( m_precision == -1 && m_width != -1)
1200     {
1201         // default precision
1202         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
1203     }
1204     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width == -1)
1205     {
1206         // default width
1207         fmt.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
1208     }
1209     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width != -1 )
1210     {
1211         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
1212     }
1213     else
1214     {
1215         // default width/precision
1216         fmt = _T("%f");
1217     }
1218
1219     return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld);
1220 }
1221
1222 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1223 {
1224     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1225     {
1226         const int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1227         if ( isascii(keycode) )
1228         {
1229             char tmpbuf[2];
1230             tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1231             tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1232             wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1233
1234 #if wxUSE_INTL
1235             const wxString decimalPoint =
1236                 wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER);
1237 #else
1238             const wxString decimalPoint(_T('.'));
1239 #endif
1240
1241             // accept digits, 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.'
1242             if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) ||
1243                     tolower(keycode) == 'e' ||
1244                         keycode == decimalPoint ||
1245                             keycode == '+' ||
1246                                 keycode == '-' )
1247             {
1248                 return true;
1249             }
1250         }
1251     }
1252
1253     return false;
1254 }
1255
1256 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
1257
1258 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1259
1260 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1261 // wxGridCellBoolEditor
1262 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1263
1264 // the default values for GetValue()
1265 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::ms_stringValues[2] = { _T(""), _T("1") };
1266
1267 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1268                                   wxWindowID id,
1269                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1270 {
1271     m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1272                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1273                                wxNO_BORDER);
1274
1275     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1276 }
1277
1278 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r)
1279 {
1280     bool resize = false;
1281     wxSize size = m_control->GetSize();
1282     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height);
1283
1284     // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell
1285     wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize();
1286     if ( !(size == sizeBest) )
1287     {
1288         // reset to default size if it had been made smaller
1289         size = sizeBest;
1290
1291         resize = true;
1292     }
1293
1294     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
1295     {
1296         // leave 1 pixel margin
1297         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
1298
1299         resize = true;
1300     }
1301
1302     if ( resize )
1303     {
1304         m_control->SetSize(size);
1305     }
1306
1307     // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?)
1308
1309 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__)
1310     // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK,
1311     // so shift it to the right
1312     size.x -= 8;
1313 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
1314     // here too, but in other way
1315     size.x += 1;
1316     size.y -= 2;
1317 #endif
1318
1319     int hAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1320     int vAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1321     if (GetCellAttr())
1322         GetCellAttr()->GetAlignment(& hAlign, & vAlign);
1323
1324     int x = 0, y = 0;
1325     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
1326     {
1327         x = r.x + 2;
1328
1329 #ifdef __WXMSW__
1330         x += 2;
1331 #endif
1332
1333         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1334     }
1335     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
1336     {
1337         x = r.x + r.width - size.x - 2;
1338         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1339     }
1340     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
1341     {
1342         x = r.x + r.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
1343         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1344     }
1345
1346     m_control->Move(x, y);
1347 }
1348
1349 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
1350 {
1351     m_control->Show(show);
1352
1353     if ( show )
1354     {
1355         wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY;
1356         CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg);
1357     }
1358 }
1359
1360 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1361 {
1362     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1363                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1364
1365     if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1366     {
1367         m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
1368     }
1369     else
1370     {
1371         wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
1372
1373         if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[false] )
1374             m_startValue = false;
1375         else if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[true] )
1376             m_startValue = true;
1377         else
1378         {
1379             // do not try to be smart here and convert it to true or false
1380             // because we'll still overwrite it with something different and
1381             // this risks to be very surprising for the user code, let them
1382             // know about it
1383             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("invalid value for a cell with bool editor!") );
1384         }
1385     }
1386
1387     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1388     CBox()->SetFocus();
1389 }
1390
1391 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1392                                    wxGrid* grid)
1393 {
1394     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1395                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1396
1397     bool changed = false;
1398     bool value = CBox()->GetValue();
1399     if ( value != m_startValue )
1400         changed = true;
1401
1402     if ( changed )
1403     {
1404         wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
1405         if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
1406             table->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value);
1407         else
1408             table->SetValue(row, col, GetValue());
1409     }
1410
1411     return changed;
1412 }
1413
1414 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset()
1415 {
1416     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1417                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1418
1419     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1420 }
1421
1422 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick()
1423 {
1424     CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1425 }
1426
1427 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1428 {
1429     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1430     {
1431         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1432         switch ( keycode )
1433         {
1434             case WXK_SPACE:
1435             case '+':
1436             case '-':
1437                 return true;
1438         }
1439     }
1440
1441     return false;
1442 }
1443
1444 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1445 {
1446     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1447     switch ( keycode )
1448     {
1449         case WXK_SPACE:
1450             CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1451             break;
1452
1453         case '+':
1454             CBox()->SetValue(true);
1455             break;
1456
1457         case '-':
1458             CBox()->SetValue(false);
1459             break;
1460     }
1461 }
1462
1463 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::GetValue() const
1464 {
1465   return ms_stringValues[CBox()->GetValue()];
1466 }
1467
1468 /* static */ void
1469 wxGridCellBoolEditor::UseStringValues(const wxString& valueTrue,
1470                                       const wxString& valueFalse)
1471 {
1472     ms_stringValues[false] = valueFalse;
1473     ms_stringValues[true] = valueTrue;
1474 }
1475
1476 /* static */ bool
1477 wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(const wxString& value)
1478 {
1479     return value == ms_stringValues[true];
1480 }
1481
1482 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1483
1484 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1485
1486 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1487 // wxGridCellChoiceEditor
1488 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1489
1490 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices,
1491                                                bool allowOthers)
1492     : m_choices(choices),
1493       m_allowOthers(allowOthers) { }
1494
1495 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count,
1496                                                const wxString choices[],
1497                                                bool allowOthers)
1498                       : m_allowOthers(allowOthers)
1499 {
1500     if ( count )
1501     {
1502         m_choices.Alloc(count);
1503         for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
1504         {
1505             m_choices.Add(choices[n]);
1506         }
1507     }
1508 }
1509
1510 wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const
1511 {
1512     wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor;
1513     editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers;
1514     editor->m_choices = m_choices;
1515
1516     return editor;
1517 }
1518
1519 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1520                                     wxWindowID id,
1521                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1522 {
1523     int style = wxBORDER_NONE;
1524     if (!m_allowOthers)
1525         style |= wxCB_READONLY;
1526     m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1527                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1528                                m_choices, style );
1529
1530     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1531 }
1532
1533 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
1534                                              wxGridCellAttr * attr)
1535 {
1536     // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize
1537     // flicker
1538
1539     // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a
1540     // combo always defaults to the standard.  Until someone has time to
1541     // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way.
1542     wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr);
1543 }
1544
1545 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1546 {
1547     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1548                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1549
1550     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler* evtHandler = NULL;
1551     if (m_control)
1552         evtHandler = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetEventHandler(), wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler);
1553
1554     // Don't immediately end if we get a kill focus event within BeginEdit
1555     if (evtHandler)
1556         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(true);
1557
1558     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
1559
1560     if (m_allowOthers)
1561     {
1562         Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1563         Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1564     }
1565     else // the combobox is read-only
1566     {
1567         // find the right position, or default to the first if not found
1568         int pos = Combo()->FindString(m_startValue);
1569         if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND)
1570             pos = 0;
1571         Combo()->SetSelection(pos);
1572     }
1573
1574     Combo()->SetFocus();
1575
1576     if (evtHandler)
1577     {
1578         // When dropping down the menu, a kill focus event
1579         // happens after this point, so we can't reset the flag yet.
1580 #if !defined(__WXGTK20__)
1581         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(false);
1582 #endif
1583     }
1584 }
1585
1586 bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1587                                      wxGrid* grid)
1588 {
1589     wxString value = Combo()->GetValue();
1590     if ( value == m_startValue )
1591         return false;
1592
1593     grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
1594
1595     return true;
1596 }
1597
1598 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset()
1599 {
1600     Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1601     Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1602 }
1603
1604 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1605 {
1606     if ( !params )
1607     {
1608         // what can we do?
1609         return;
1610     }
1611
1612     m_choices.Empty();
1613
1614     wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(','));
1615     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1616     {
1617         m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken());
1618     }
1619 }
1620
1621 // return the value in the text control
1622 wxString wxGridCellChoiceEditor::GetValue() const
1623 {
1624   return Combo()->GetValue();
1625 }
1626
1627 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1628
1629 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1630 // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler
1631 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1632
1633 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
1634 {
1635     // Don't disable the cell if we're just starting to edit it
1636     if (m_inSetFocus)
1637         return;
1638
1639     // accept changes
1640     m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1641
1642     event.Skip();
1643 }
1644
1645 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event)
1646 {
1647     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1648     {
1649         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1650             m_editor->Reset();
1651             m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1652             break;
1653
1654         case WXK_TAB:
1655             m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
1656             break;
1657
1658         case WXK_RETURN:
1659         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1660             if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
1661                 m_editor->HandleReturn(event);
1662             break;
1663
1664         default:
1665             event.Skip();
1666             break;
1667     }
1668 }
1669
1670 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
1671 {
1672     int row = m_grid->GetGridCursorRow();
1673     int col = m_grid->GetGridCursorCol();
1674     wxRect rect = m_grid->CellToRect( row, col );
1675     int cw, ch;
1676     m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
1677
1678     // if cell width is smaller than grid client area, cell is wholly visible
1679     bool wholeCellVisible = (rect.GetWidth() < cw);
1680
1681     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1682     {
1683         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1684         case WXK_TAB:
1685         case WXK_RETURN:
1686         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1687             break;
1688
1689         case WXK_HOME:
1690         {
1691             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1692             {
1693                 // no special processing needed...
1694                 event.Skip();
1695                 break;
1696             }
1697
1698             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1699
1700             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1701             int colXPos = 0;
1702             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1703             {
1704                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1705             }
1706
1707             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1708             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1709             if (col != 0)
1710             {
1711                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1712             }
1713             else
1714             {
1715                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1716             }
1717             event.Skip();
1718             break;
1719         }
1720
1721         case WXK_END:
1722         {
1723             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1724             {
1725                 // no special processing needed...
1726                 event.Skip();
1727                 break;
1728             }
1729
1730             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1731
1732             int textWidth = 0;
1733             wxString value = m_grid->GetCellValue(row, col);
1734             if ( wxEmptyString != value )
1735             {
1736                 // get width of cell CONTENTS (text)
1737                 int y;
1738                 wxFont font = m_grid->GetCellFont(row, col);
1739                 m_grid->GetTextExtent(value, &textWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &font);
1740
1741                 // try to RIGHT align the text by scrolling
1742                 int client_right = m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
1743
1744                 // (m_grid->GetScrollLineX()*2) is a factor for not scrolling to far,
1745                 // otherwise the last part of the cell content might be hidden below the scroll bar
1746                 // FIXME: maybe there is a more suitable correction?
1747                 textWidth -= (client_right - (m_grid->GetScrollLineX() * 2));
1748                 if ( textWidth < 0 )
1749                 {
1750                     textWidth = 0;
1751                 }
1752             }
1753
1754             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1755             int colXPos = 0;
1756             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1757             {
1758                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1759             }
1760
1761             // and add the (modified) text width of the cell contents
1762             // as we'd like to see the last part of the cell contents
1763             colXPos += textWidth;
1764
1765             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1766             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1767             m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1768             event.Skip();
1769             break;
1770         }
1771
1772         default:
1773             event.Skip();
1774             break;
1775     }
1776 }
1777
1778 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1779 // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for
1780 // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting
1781 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1782
1783 void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params))
1784 {
1785     // nothing to do
1786 }
1787
1788 wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker()
1789 {
1790 }
1791
1792 // ============================================================================
1793 // renderer classes
1794 // ============================================================================
1795
1796 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1797 // wxGridCellRenderer
1798 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1799
1800 void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1801                               wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1802                               wxDC& dc,
1803                               const wxRect& rect,
1804                               int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1805                               bool isSelected)
1806 {
1807     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxSOLID );
1808
1809     // grey out fields if the grid is disabled
1810     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1811     {
1812         if ( isSelected )
1813         {
1814             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(grid.GetSelectionBackground(), wxSOLID) );
1815         }
1816         else
1817         {
1818             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) );
1819         }
1820     }
1821     else
1822     {
1823         dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE), wxSOLID));
1824     }
1825
1826     dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
1827     dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
1828 }
1829
1830 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1831 // wxGridCellStringRenderer
1832 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1833
1834 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(const wxGrid& grid,
1835                                                      const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1836                                                      wxDC& dc,
1837                                                      bool isSelected)
1838 {
1839     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
1840
1841     // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case?
1842
1843     // different coloured text when the grid is disabled
1844     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1845     {
1846         if ( isSelected )
1847         {
1848             dc.SetTextBackground( grid.GetSelectionBackground() );
1849             dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() );
1850         }
1851         else
1852         {
1853             dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() );
1854             dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() );
1855         }
1856     }
1857     else
1858     {
1859         dc.SetTextBackground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE));
1860         dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT));
1861     }
1862
1863     dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() );
1864 }
1865
1866 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1867                                                wxDC& dc,
1868                                                const wxString& text)
1869 {
1870     wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0;
1871     dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont());
1872     wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n'));
1873     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1874     {
1875         dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y);
1876         max_x = wxMax(max_x, x);
1877     }
1878
1879     y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines.
1880
1881     return wxSize(max_x, y);
1882 }
1883
1884 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1885                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1886                                              wxDC& dc,
1887                                              int row, int col)
1888 {
1889     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col));
1890 }
1891
1892 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1893                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1894                                     wxDC& dc,
1895                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1896                                     int row, int col,
1897                                     bool isSelected)
1898 {
1899     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1900     rect.Inflate(-1);
1901
1902     // erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased
1903     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1904
1905     int hAlign, vAlign;
1906     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1907
1908     int overflowCols = 0;
1909
1910     if (attr.GetOverflow())
1911     {
1912         int cols = grid.GetNumberCols();
1913         int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth();
1914         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
1915         attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <= 0
1916         if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable())
1917         {
1918             int i, c_cols, c_rows;
1919             for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++)
1920             {
1921                 bool is_empty = true;
1922                 for (int j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
1923                 {
1924                     // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block
1925                     grid.GetCellSize(j, i, &c_rows, &c_cols);
1926                     if (c_rows > 0)
1927                         c_rows = 0;
1928                     if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j + c_rows, i))
1929                     {
1930                         is_empty = false;
1931                         break;
1932                     }
1933                 }
1934
1935                 if (is_empty)
1936                 {
1937                     rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i);
1938                 }
1939                 else
1940                 {
1941                     i--;
1942                     break;
1943                 }
1944
1945                 if (rect.width >= best_width)
1946                     break;
1947             }
1948
1949             overflowCols = i - col - cell_cols + 1;
1950             if (overflowCols >= cols)
1951                 overflowCols = cols - 1;
1952         }
1953
1954         if (overflowCols > 0) // redraw overflow cells w/ proper hilight
1955         {
1956             hAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; // if oveflowed then it's left aligned
1957             wxRect clip = rect;
1958             clip.x += rectCell.width;
1959             // draw each overflow cell individually
1960             int col_end = col + cell_cols + overflowCols;
1961             if (col_end >= grid.GetNumberCols())
1962                 col_end = grid.GetNumberCols() - 1;
1963             for (int i = col + cell_cols; i <= col_end; i++)
1964             {
1965                 clip.width = grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1966                 dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1967                 dc.SetClippingRegion(clip);
1968
1969                 SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc,
1970                         grid.IsInSelection(row,i));
1971
1972                 grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1973                         rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1974                 clip.x += grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1975             }
1976
1977             rect = rectCell;
1978             rect.Inflate(-1);
1979             rect.width++;
1980             dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1981         }
1982     }
1983
1984     // now we only have to draw the text
1985     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
1986
1987     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1988                            rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1989 }
1990
1991 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1992 // wxGridCellNumberRenderer
1993 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1994
1995 wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
1996 {
1997     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
1998     wxString text;
1999     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
2000     {
2001         text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col));
2002     }
2003     else
2004     {
2005         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2006     }
2007
2008     return text;
2009 }
2010
2011 void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2012                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2013                                     wxDC& dc,
2014                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
2015                                     int row, int col,
2016                                     bool isSelected)
2017 {
2018     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2019
2020     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2021
2022     // draw the text right aligned by default
2023     int hAlign, vAlign;
2024     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2025     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2026
2027     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2028     rect.Inflate(-1);
2029
2030     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2031 }
2032
2033 wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2034                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2035                                              wxDC& dc,
2036                                              int row, int col)
2037 {
2038     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2039 }
2040
2041 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2042 // wxGridCellFloatRenderer
2043 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2044
2045 wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision)
2046 {
2047     SetWidth(width);
2048     SetPrecision(precision);
2049 }
2050
2051 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const
2052 {
2053     wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer;
2054     renderer->m_width = m_width;
2055     renderer->m_precision = m_precision;
2056     renderer->m_format = m_format;
2057
2058     return renderer;
2059 }
2060
2061 wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
2062 {
2063     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
2064
2065     bool hasDouble;
2066     double val;
2067     wxString text;
2068     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
2069     {
2070         val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
2071         hasDouble = true;
2072     }
2073     else
2074     {
2075         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2076         hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val);
2077     }
2078
2079     if ( hasDouble )
2080     {
2081         if ( !m_format )
2082         {
2083             if ( m_width == -1 )
2084             {
2085                 if ( m_precision == -1 )
2086                 {
2087                     // default width/precision
2088                     m_format = _T("%f");
2089                 }
2090                 else
2091                 {
2092                     m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
2093                 }
2094             }
2095             else if ( m_precision == -1 )
2096             {
2097                 // default precision
2098                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
2099             }
2100             else
2101             {
2102                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
2103             }
2104         }
2105
2106         text.Printf(m_format, val);
2107
2108     }
2109     //else: text already contains the string
2110
2111     return text;
2112 }
2113
2114 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2115                                    wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2116                                    wxDC& dc,
2117                                    const wxRect& rectCell,
2118                                    int row, int col,
2119                                    bool isSelected)
2120 {
2121     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2122
2123     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2124
2125     // draw the text right aligned by default
2126     int hAlign, vAlign;
2127     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2128     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2129
2130     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2131     rect.Inflate(-1);
2132
2133     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2134 }
2135
2136 wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2137                                             wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2138                                             wxDC& dc,
2139                                             int row, int col)
2140 {
2141     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2142 }
2143
2144 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
2145 {
2146     if ( !params )
2147     {
2148         // reset to defaults
2149         SetWidth(-1);
2150         SetPrecision(-1);
2151     }
2152     else
2153     {
2154         wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(','));
2155         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2156         {
2157             long width;
2158             if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) )
2159             {
2160                 SetWidth((int)width);
2161             }
2162             else
2163             {
2164                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2165             }
2166         }
2167
2168         tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(','));
2169         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2170         {
2171             long precision;
2172             if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) )
2173             {
2174                 SetPrecision((int)precision);
2175             }
2176             else
2177             {
2178                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2179             }
2180         }
2181     }
2182 }
2183
2184 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2185 // wxGridCellBoolRenderer
2186 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2187
2188 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark;
2189
2190 // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly...
2191
2192 // between checkmark and box
2193 static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2;
2194
2195 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2196                                            wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr),
2197                                            wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc),
2198                                            int WXUNUSED(row),
2199                                            int WXUNUSED(col))
2200 {
2201     // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...)
2202     if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x )
2203     {
2204         // get checkbox size
2205         wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString);
2206         wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize();
2207         wxCoord checkSize = size.y + 2 * wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN;
2208
2209 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
2210         checkSize -= size.y / 2;
2211 #endif
2212
2213         delete checkbox;
2214
2215         ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize;
2216     }
2217
2218     return ms_sizeCheckMark;
2219 }
2220
2221 void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2222                                   wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2223                                   wxDC& dc,
2224                                   const wxRect& rect,
2225                                   int row, int col,
2226                                   bool isSelected)
2227 {
2228     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected);
2229
2230     // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO)
2231     wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col);
2232
2233     // don't draw outside the cell
2234     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height);
2235     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
2236     {
2237         // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin
2238         size.x = size.y = minSize;
2239     }
2240
2241     // draw a border around checkmark
2242     int vAlign, hAlign;
2243     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2244
2245     wxRect rectBorder;
2246     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
2247     {
2248         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
2249         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2250         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2251         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2252     }
2253     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
2254     {
2255         rectBorder.x = rect.x + 2;
2256         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2257         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2258         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2259     }
2260     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
2261     {
2262         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x - 2;
2263         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2264         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2265         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2266     }
2267
2268     bool value;
2269     if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
2270     {
2271         value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
2272     }
2273     else
2274     {
2275         wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
2276         value = wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(cellval);
2277     }
2278
2279     int flags = 0;
2280     if (value)
2281         flags |= wxCONTROL_CHECKED;
2282
2283     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawCheckBox( &grid, dc, rectBorder, flags );
2284 }
2285
2286 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2287 // wxGridCellAttr
2288 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2289
2290 void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault)
2291 {
2292     m_nRef = 1;
2293
2294     m_isReadOnly = Unset;
2295
2296     m_renderer = NULL;
2297     m_editor = NULL;
2298
2299     m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell;
2300
2301     m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1;
2302     m_overflow = UnsetOverflow;
2303
2304     SetDefAttr(attrDefault);
2305 }
2306
2307 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const
2308 {
2309     wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr);
2310
2311     if ( HasTextColour() )
2312         attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour());
2313     if ( HasBackgroundColour() )
2314         attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour());
2315     if ( HasFont() )
2316         attr->SetFont(GetFont());
2317     if ( HasAlignment() )
2318         attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign);
2319
2320     attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols );
2321
2322     if ( m_renderer )
2323     {
2324         attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer);
2325         m_renderer->IncRef();
2326     }
2327     if ( m_editor )
2328     {
2329         attr->SetEditor(m_editor);
2330         m_editor->IncRef();
2331     }
2332
2333     if ( IsReadOnly() )
2334         attr->SetReadOnly();
2335
2336     attr->SetOverflow( m_overflow == Overflow );
2337     attr->SetKind( m_attrkind );
2338
2339     return attr;
2340 }
2341
2342 void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom)
2343 {
2344     if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() )
2345         SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour());
2346     if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() )
2347         SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour());
2348     if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() )
2349         SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont());
2350     if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() )
2351     {
2352         int hAlign, vAlign;
2353         mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign);
2354         SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2355     }
2356     if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() )
2357         mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols );
2358
2359     // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return
2360     // m_renderer/m_editor
2361     //
2362     // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor?
2363     if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() )
2364     {
2365         m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer;
2366         m_renderer->IncRef();
2367     }
2368     if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() )
2369     {
2370         m_editor =  mergefrom->m_editor;
2371         m_editor->IncRef();
2372     }
2373     if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() )
2374         SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly());
2375
2376     if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() )
2377         SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow());
2378
2379     SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr);
2380 }
2381
2382 void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols)
2383 {
2384     // The size of a cell is normally 1,1
2385
2386     // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell
2387     // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be
2388     // set to negative or zero values such that
2389     // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell)
2390     // same goes for the col + num_cols.
2391
2392     // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value
2393
2394     wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) ||
2395                   !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) ||
2396                   !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))),
2397                   wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values"));
2398
2399     m_sizeRows = num_rows;
2400     m_sizeCols = num_cols;
2401 }
2402
2403 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const
2404 {
2405     if (HasTextColour())
2406     {
2407         return m_colText;
2408     }
2409     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2410     {
2411         return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour();
2412     }
2413     else
2414     {
2415         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2416         return wxNullColour;
2417     }
2418 }
2419
2420 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const
2421 {
2422     if (HasBackgroundColour())
2423     {
2424         return m_colBack;
2425     }
2426     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2427     {
2428         return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
2429     }
2430     else
2431     {
2432         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2433         return wxNullColour;
2434     }
2435 }
2436
2437 const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const
2438 {
2439     if (HasFont())
2440     {
2441         return m_font;
2442     }
2443     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2444     {
2445         return m_defGridAttr->GetFont();
2446     }
2447     else
2448     {
2449         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2450         return wxNullFont;
2451     }
2452 }
2453
2454 void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
2455 {
2456     if (HasAlignment())
2457     {
2458         if ( hAlign )
2459             *hAlign = m_hAlign;
2460         if ( vAlign )
2461             *vAlign = m_vAlign;
2462     }
2463     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2464     {
2465         m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2466     }
2467     else
2468     {
2469         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2470     }
2471 }
2472
2473 void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
2474 {
2475     if ( num_rows )
2476         *num_rows = m_sizeRows;
2477     if ( num_cols )
2478         *num_cols = m_sizeCols;
2479 }
2480
2481 // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about
2482 // which attribute to use.  If a non-default attr object has one then it is
2483 // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and
2484 // used.  It should be the default for the data type of the cell.  If it is
2485 // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its
2486 // registry), then the grid's default editor or renderer is used.
2487
2488 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2489 {
2490     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = NULL;
2491
2492     if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr )
2493     {
2494         // use the cells renderer if it has one
2495         renderer = m_renderer;
2496         renderer->IncRef();
2497     }
2498     else // no non-default cell renderer
2499     {
2500         // get default renderer for the data type
2501         if ( grid )
2502         {
2503             // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2504             renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col);
2505         }
2506
2507         if ( renderer == NULL )
2508         {
2509             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2510             {
2511                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2512                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2513                 renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
2514             }
2515             else // default grid attr
2516             {
2517                 // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially
2518                 renderer = m_renderer;
2519                 if ( renderer )
2520                     renderer->IncRef();
2521             }
2522         }
2523     }
2524
2525     // we're supposed to always find something
2526     wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer"));
2527
2528     return renderer;
2529 }
2530
2531 // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g
2532 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2533 {
2534     wxGridCellEditor *editor = NULL;
2535
2536     if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr )
2537     {
2538         // use the cells editor if it has one
2539         editor = m_editor;
2540         editor->IncRef();
2541     }
2542     else // no non default cell editor
2543     {
2544         // get default editor for the data type
2545         if ( grid )
2546         {
2547             // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2548             editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col);
2549         }
2550
2551         if ( editor == NULL )
2552         {
2553             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2554             {
2555                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2556                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2557                 editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
2558             }
2559             else // default grid attr
2560             {
2561                 // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially
2562                 editor = m_editor;
2563                 if ( editor )
2564                     editor->IncRef();
2565             }
2566         }
2567     }
2568
2569     // we're supposed to always find something
2570     wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor"));
2571
2572     return editor;
2573 }
2574
2575 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2576 // wxGridCellAttrData
2577 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2578
2579 void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col)
2580 {
2581     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2582     if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND )
2583     {
2584         // add the attribute
2585         m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr));
2586     }
2587     else
2588     {
2589         // free the old attribute
2590         m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr->DecRef();
2591
2592         if ( attr )
2593         {
2594             // change the attribute
2595             m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr = attr;
2596         }
2597         else
2598         {
2599             // remove this attribute
2600             m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
2601         }
2602     }
2603 }
2604
2605 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const
2606 {
2607     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2608
2609     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2610     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2611     {
2612         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr;
2613         attr->IncRef();
2614     }
2615
2616     return attr;
2617 }
2618
2619 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2620 {
2621     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2622     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2623     {
2624         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2625         wxCoord row = coords.GetRow();
2626         if ((size_t)row >= pos)
2627         {
2628             if (numRows > 0)
2629             {
2630                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2631                 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2632             }
2633             else if (numRows < 0)
2634             {
2635                 // If rows deleted ...
2636                 if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows)
2637                 {
2638                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2639                     coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2640                 }
2641                 else
2642                 {
2643                     // ...or remove the attribute
2644                     // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is
2645                     // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor!
2646                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2647                     n--;
2648                     count--;
2649                 }
2650             }
2651         }
2652     }
2653 }
2654
2655 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2656 {
2657     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2658     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2659     {
2660         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2661         wxCoord col = coords.GetCol();
2662         if ( (size_t)col >= pos )
2663         {
2664             if ( numCols > 0 )
2665             {
2666                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2667                 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2668             }
2669             else if (numCols < 0)
2670             {
2671                 // If rows deleted ...
2672                 if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols)
2673                 {
2674                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2675                     coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2676                 }
2677                 else
2678                 {
2679                     // ...or remove the attribute
2680                     // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is
2681                     // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor!
2682                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2683                     n--;
2684                     count--;
2685                 }
2686             }
2687         }
2688     }
2689 }
2690
2691 int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const
2692 {
2693     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2694     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2695     {
2696         const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2697         if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) )
2698         {
2699             return n;
2700         }
2701     }
2702
2703     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2704 }
2705
2706 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2707 // wxGridRowOrColAttrData
2708 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2709
2710 wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData()
2711 {
2712     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2713     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2714     {
2715         m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2716     }
2717 }
2718
2719 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const
2720 {
2721     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2722
2723     int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2724     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2725     {
2726         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n];
2727         attr->IncRef();
2728     }
2729
2730     return attr;
2731 }
2732
2733 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol)
2734 {
2735     int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2736     if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND )
2737     {
2738         if ( attr )
2739         {
2740             // add the attribute
2741             m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol);
2742             m_attrs.Add(attr);
2743         }
2744         // nothing to remove
2745     }
2746     else
2747     {
2748         size_t n = (size_t)i;
2749         if ( attr )
2750         {
2751             // change the attribute
2752             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2753             m_attrs[n] = attr;
2754         }
2755         else
2756         {
2757             // remove this attribute
2758             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2759             m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2760             m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2761         }
2762     }
2763 }
2764
2765 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols )
2766 {
2767     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2768     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2769     {
2770         int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n];
2771         if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos )
2772         {
2773             if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 )
2774             {
2775                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2776                 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2777             }
2778             else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0)
2779             {
2780                 // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists)
2781                 if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols)
2782                     rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2783                 else
2784                 {
2785                     m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2786                     m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2787                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2788                     n--;
2789                     count--;
2790                 }
2791             }
2792         }
2793     }
2794 }
2795
2796 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2797 // wxGridCellAttrProvider
2798 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2799
2800 wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2801 {
2802     m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL;
2803 }
2804
2805 wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2806 {
2807     delete m_data;
2808 }
2809
2810 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData()
2811 {
2812     m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData;
2813 }
2814
2815 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col,
2816                                                 wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind ) const
2817 {
2818     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2819     if ( m_data )
2820     {
2821         switch (kind)
2822         {
2823             case (wxGridCellAttr::Any):
2824                 // Get cached merge attributes.
2825                 // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable
2826                 // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col);
2827                 if (!attr)
2828                 {
2829                     // Basically implement old version.
2830                     // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time..
2831                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2832                     wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2833                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2834
2835                     if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol))
2836                     {
2837                         // Two or more are non NULL
2838                         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
2839                         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged);
2840
2841                         // Order is important..
2842                         if (attrcell)
2843                         {
2844                             attr->MergeWith(attrcell);
2845                             attrcell->DecRef();
2846                         }
2847                         if (attrcol)
2848                         {
2849                             attr->MergeWith(attrcol);
2850                             attrcol->DecRef();
2851                         }
2852                         if (attrrow)
2853                         {
2854                             attr->MergeWith(attrrow);
2855                             attrrow->DecRef();
2856                         }
2857
2858                         // store merge attr if cache implemented
2859                         //attr->IncRef();
2860                         //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2861                     }
2862                     else
2863                     {
2864                         // one or none is non null return it or null.
2865                         if (attrrow)
2866                             attr = attrrow;
2867                         if (attrcol)
2868                         {
2869                             if (attr)
2870                                 attr->DecRef();
2871                             attr = attrcol;
2872                         }
2873                         if (attrcell)
2874                         {
2875                             if (attr)
2876                                 attr->DecRef();
2877                             attr = attrcell;
2878                         }
2879                     }
2880                 }
2881                 break;
2882
2883             case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell):
2884                 attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2885                 break;
2886
2887             case (wxGridCellAttr::Col):
2888                 attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2889                 break;
2890
2891             case (wxGridCellAttr::Row):
2892                 attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2893                 break;
2894
2895             default:
2896                 // unused as yet...
2897                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Default):
2898                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged):
2899                 break;
2900         }
2901     }
2902
2903     return attr;
2904 }
2905
2906 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr,
2907                                      int row, int col)
2908 {
2909     if ( !m_data )
2910         InitData();
2911
2912     m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2913 }
2914
2915 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
2916 {
2917     if ( !m_data )
2918         InitData();
2919
2920     m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row);
2921 }
2922
2923 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
2924 {
2925     if ( !m_data )
2926         InitData();
2927
2928     m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col);
2929 }
2930
2931 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2932 {
2933     if ( m_data )
2934     {
2935         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
2936
2937         m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows );
2938     }
2939 }
2940
2941 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2942 {
2943     if ( m_data )
2944     {
2945         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
2946
2947         m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols );
2948     }
2949 }
2950
2951 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2952 // wxGridTypeRegistry
2953 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2954
2955 wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry()
2956 {
2957     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
2958     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2959         delete m_typeinfo[i];
2960 }
2961
2962 void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
2963                                           wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
2964                                           wxGridCellEditor* editor)
2965 {
2966     wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor);
2967
2968     // is it already registered?
2969     int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
2970     if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND )
2971     {
2972         delete m_typeinfo[loc];
2973         m_typeinfo[loc] = info;
2974     }
2975     else
2976     {
2977         m_typeinfo.Add(info);
2978     }
2979 }
2980
2981 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2982 {
2983     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
2984     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2985     {
2986         if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName )
2987         {
2988             return i;
2989         }
2990     }
2991
2992     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2993 }
2994
2995 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2996 {
2997     int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
2998     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
2999     {
3000         // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case
3001         // register it "on the fly"
3002 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3003         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING )
3004         {
3005             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
3006                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
3007                              new wxGridCellTextEditor);
3008         }
3009         else
3010 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3011 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
3012         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL )
3013         {
3014             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL,
3015                              new wxGridCellBoolRenderer,
3016                              new wxGridCellBoolEditor);
3017         }
3018         else
3019 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
3020 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3021         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER )
3022         {
3023             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER,
3024                              new wxGridCellNumberRenderer,
3025                              new wxGridCellNumberEditor);
3026         }
3027         else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT )
3028         {
3029             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT,
3030                              new wxGridCellFloatRenderer,
3031                              new wxGridCellFloatEditor);
3032         }
3033         else
3034 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3035 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
3036         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE )
3037         {
3038             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE,
3039                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
3040                              new wxGridCellChoiceEditor);
3041         }
3042         else
3043 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
3044         {
3045             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3046         }
3047
3048         // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return
3049         // the last index
3050         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3051     }
3052
3053     return index;
3054 }
3055
3056 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3057 {
3058     int index = FindDataType(typeName);
3059     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3060     {
3061         // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':'
3062         // are the parameters for the renderer
3063         index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':')));
3064         if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3065         {
3066             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3067         }
3068
3069         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index);
3070         wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer;
3071         renderer = renderer->Clone();
3072         rendererOld->DecRef();
3073
3074         wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index);
3075         wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor;
3076         editor = editor->Clone();
3077         editorOld->DecRef();
3078
3079         // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults
3080         wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':'));
3081         renderer->SetParameters(params);
3082         editor->SetParameters(params);
3083
3084         // register the new typename
3085         RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
3086
3087         // we just registered it, it's the last one
3088         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3089     }
3090
3091     return index;
3092 }
3093
3094 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index)
3095 {
3096     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer;
3097     if (renderer)
3098         renderer->IncRef();
3099
3100     return renderer;
3101 }
3102
3103 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index)
3104 {
3105     wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor;
3106     if (editor)
3107         editor->IncRef();
3108
3109     return editor;
3110 }
3111
3112 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3113 // wxGridTableBase
3114 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3115
3116 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject )
3117
3118 wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase()
3119 {
3120     m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL;
3121     m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL;
3122 }
3123
3124 wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase()
3125 {
3126     delete m_attrProvider;
3127 }
3128
3129 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider)
3130 {
3131     delete m_attrProvider;
3132     m_attrProvider = attrProvider;
3133 }
3134
3135 bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes()
3136 {
3137     if ( ! GetAttrProvider() )
3138     {
3139         // use the default attr provider by default
3140         SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider);
3141     }
3142
3143     return true;
3144 }
3145
3146 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind)
3147 {
3148     if ( m_attrProvider )
3149         return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind);
3150     else
3151         return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
3152 }
3153
3154 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col)
3155 {
3156     if ( m_attrProvider )
3157     {
3158         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
3159         m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
3160     }
3161     else
3162     {
3163         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3164         // free it now
3165         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3166     }
3167 }
3168
3169 void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
3170 {
3171     if ( m_attrProvider )
3172     {
3173         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row);
3174         m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
3175     }
3176     else
3177     {
3178         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3179         // free it now
3180         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3181     }
3182 }
3183
3184 void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
3185 {
3186     if ( m_attrProvider )
3187     {
3188         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col);
3189         m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col);
3190     }
3191     else
3192     {
3193         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3194         // free it now
3195         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3196     }
3197 }
3198
3199 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3200                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3201 {
3202     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") );
3203
3204     return false;
3205 }
3206
3207 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3208 {
3209     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3210
3211     return false;
3212 }
3213
3214 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3215                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3216 {
3217     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3218
3219     return false;
3220 }
3221
3222 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3223                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3224 {
3225     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3226
3227     return false;
3228 }
3229
3230 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3231 {
3232     wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3233
3234     return false;
3235 }
3236
3237 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3238                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3239 {
3240     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3241
3242     return false;
3243 }
3244
3245 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3246 {
3247     wxString s;
3248
3249     // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users,
3250     // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks.
3251     s << row + 1;
3252
3253     return s;
3254 }
3255
3256 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3257 {
3258     // default col labels are:
3259     //   cols 0 to 25   : A-Z
3260     //   cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ
3261     //   etc.
3262
3263     wxString s;
3264     unsigned int i, n;
3265     for ( n = 1; ; n++ )
3266     {
3267         s += (wxChar) (_T('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26));
3268         col = col / 26 - 1;
3269         if ( col < 0 )
3270             break;
3271     }
3272
3273     // reverse the string...
3274     wxString s2;
3275     for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
3276     {
3277         s2 += s[n - i - 1];
3278     }
3279
3280     return s2;
3281 }
3282
3283 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3284 {
3285     return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3286 }
3287
3288 bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3289                                      const wxString& typeName )
3290 {
3291     return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3292 }
3293
3294 bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName )
3295 {
3296     return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName);
3297 }
3298
3299 long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3300 {
3301     return 0;
3302 }
3303
3304 double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3305 {
3306     return 0.0;
3307 }
3308
3309 bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3310 {
3311     return false;
3312 }
3313
3314 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3315                                       long WXUNUSED(value) )
3316 {
3317 }
3318
3319 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3320                                         double WXUNUSED(value) )
3321 {
3322 }
3323
3324 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3325                                       bool WXUNUSED(value) )
3326 {
3327 }
3328
3329 void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3330                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) )
3331 {
3332     return NULL;
3333 }
3334
3335 void  wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3336                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName),
3337                                          void* WXUNUSED(value) )
3338 {
3339 }
3340
3341 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3342 //
3343 // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications
3344 // to the grid view
3345 //
3346
3347 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage()
3348 {
3349     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
3350     m_id = -1;
3351     m_comInt1 = -1;
3352     m_comInt2 = -1;
3353 }
3354
3355 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id,
3356                                         int commandInt1, int commandInt2 )
3357 {
3358     m_table = table;
3359     m_id = id;
3360     m_comInt1 = commandInt1;
3361     m_comInt2 = commandInt2;
3362 }
3363
3364 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3365 //
3366 // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will
3367 // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class.
3368 //
3369
3370 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray)
3371
3372 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase )
3373
3374 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable()
3375         : wxGridTableBase()
3376 {
3377 }
3378
3379 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols )
3380         : wxGridTableBase()
3381 {
3382     m_data.Alloc( numRows );
3383
3384     wxArrayString sa;
3385     sa.Alloc( numCols );
3386     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3387
3388     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3389 }
3390
3391 wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable()
3392 {
3393 }
3394
3395 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows()
3396 {
3397     return m_data.GetCount();
3398 }
3399
3400 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols()
3401 {
3402     if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 )
3403         return m_data[0].GetCount();
3404     else
3405         return 0;
3406 }
3407
3408 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col )
3409 {
3410     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3411                  wxEmptyString,
3412                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3413
3414     return m_data[row][col];
3415 }
3416
3417 void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value )
3418 {
3419     wxCHECK_RET( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3420                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3421
3422     m_data[row][col] = value;
3423 }
3424
3425 bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col )
3426 {
3427     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3428                  true,
3429                   _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3430
3431     return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString);
3432 }
3433
3434 void wxGridStringTable::Clear()
3435 {
3436     int row, col;
3437     int numRows, numCols;
3438
3439     numRows = m_data.GetCount();
3440     if ( numRows > 0 )
3441     {
3442         numCols = m_data[0].GetCount();
3443
3444         for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ )
3445         {
3446             for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ )
3447             {
3448                 m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString;
3449             }
3450         }
3451     }
3452 }
3453
3454 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3455 {
3456     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3457     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3458                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3459
3460     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3461     {
3462         return AppendRows( numRows );
3463     }
3464
3465     wxArrayString sa;
3466     sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3467     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3468     m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows );
3469
3470     if ( GetView() )
3471     {
3472         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3473                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED,
3474                                 pos,
3475                                 numRows );
3476
3477         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3478     }
3479
3480     return true;
3481 }
3482
3483 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )
3484 {
3485     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3486     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3487                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3488                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3489
3490     wxArrayString sa;
3491     if ( curNumCols > 0 )
3492     {
3493         sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3494         sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3495     }
3496
3497     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3498
3499     if ( GetView() )
3500     {
3501         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3502                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED,
3503                                 numRows );
3504
3505         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3506     }
3507
3508     return true;
3509 }
3510
3511 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3512 {
3513     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3514
3515     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3516     {
3517         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3518                     (
3519                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"),
3520                         (unsigned long)pos,
3521                         (unsigned long)numRows,
3522                         (unsigned long)curNumRows
3523                     ) );
3524
3525         return false;
3526     }
3527
3528     if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos )
3529     {
3530         numRows = curNumRows - pos;
3531     }
3532
3533     if ( numRows >= curNumRows )
3534     {
3535         m_data.Clear();
3536     }
3537     else
3538     {
3539         m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
3540     }
3541
3542     if ( GetView() )
3543     {
3544         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3545                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED,
3546                                 pos,
3547                                 numRows );
3548
3549         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3550     }
3551
3552     return true;
3553 }
3554
3555 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3556 {
3557     size_t row, col;
3558
3559     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3560     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3561                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3562                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3563
3564     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3565     {
3566         return AppendCols( numCols );
3567     }
3568
3569     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
3570     {
3571         m_colLabels.Insert( wxEmptyString, pos, numCols );
3572
3573         size_t i;
3574         for ( i = pos; i < pos + numCols; i++ )
3575             m_colLabels[i] = wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( i );
3576     }
3577
3578     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3579     {
3580         for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ )
3581         {
3582             m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col );
3583         }
3584     }
3585
3586     if ( GetView() )
3587     {
3588         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3589                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED,
3590                                 pos,
3591                                 numCols );
3592
3593         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3594     }
3595
3596     return true;
3597 }
3598
3599 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
3600 {
3601     size_t row;
3602
3603     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3604
3605 #if 0
3606     if ( !curNumRows )
3607     {
3608         // TODO: something better than this ?
3609         //
3610         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") );
3611         return false;
3612     }
3613 #endif
3614
3615     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3616     {
3617         m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3618     }
3619
3620     if ( GetView() )
3621     {
3622         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3623                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED,
3624                                 numCols );
3625
3626         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3627     }
3628
3629     return true;
3630 }
3631
3632 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3633 {
3634     size_t row;
3635
3636     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3637     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3638                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3639
3640     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3641     {
3642         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3643                     (
3644                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"),
3645                         (unsigned long)pos,
3646                         (unsigned long)numCols,
3647                         (unsigned long)curNumCols
3648                     ) );
3649         return false;
3650     }
3651
3652     int colID;
3653     if ( GetView() )
3654         colID = GetView()->GetColAt( pos );
3655     else
3656         colID = pos;
3657
3658     if ( numCols > curNumCols - colID )
3659     {
3660         numCols = curNumCols - colID;
3661     }
3662
3663     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
3664     {
3665         // m_colLabels stores just as many elements as it needs, e.g. if only
3666         // the label of the first column had been set it would have only one
3667         // element and not numCols, so account for it
3668         int nToRm = m_colLabels.size() - colID;
3669         if ( nToRm > 0 )
3670             m_colLabels.RemoveAt( colID, nToRm );
3671     }
3672
3673     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3674     {
3675         if ( numCols >= curNumCols )
3676         {
3677             m_data[row].Clear();
3678         }
3679         else
3680         {
3681             m_data[row].RemoveAt( colID, numCols );
3682         }
3683     }
3684
3685     if ( GetView() )
3686     {
3687         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3688                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED,
3689                                 pos,
3690                                 numCols );
3691
3692         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3693     }
3694
3695     return true;
3696 }
3697
3698 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3699 {
3700     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3701     {
3702         // using default label
3703         //
3704         return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row );
3705     }
3706     else
3707     {
3708         return m_rowLabels[row];
3709     }
3710 }
3711
3712 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3713 {
3714     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3715     {
3716         // using default label
3717         //
3718         return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col );
3719     }
3720     else
3721     {
3722         return m_colLabels[col];
3723     }
3724 }
3725
3726 void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value )
3727 {
3728     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3729     {
3730         int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount();
3731         int i;
3732
3733         for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ )
3734         {
3735             m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) );
3736         }
3737     }
3738
3739     m_rowLabels[row] = value;
3740 }
3741
3742 void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value )
3743 {
3744     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3745     {
3746         int n = m_colLabels.GetCount();
3747         int i;
3748
3749         for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ )
3750         {
3751             m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) );
3752         }
3753     }
3754
3755     m_colLabels[col] = value;
3756 }
3757
3758
3759 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3760 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3761
3762 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridSubwindow, wxWindow)
3763     EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost)
3764 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3765
3766 void wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
3767 {
3768     m_owner->CancelMouseCapture();
3769 }
3770
3771 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3772
3773 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3774     EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3775     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3776     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3777     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3778     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3779     EVT_CHAR( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnChar )
3780 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3781
3782 wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3783                                             wxWindowID id,
3784                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3785   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3786 {
3787     m_owner = parent;
3788 }
3789
3790 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3791 {
3792     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3793
3794     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3795     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3796     // set the y coord  - MB
3797     //
3798     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3799
3800     int x, y;
3801     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3802     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
3803     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x, pt.y-y );
3804
3805     wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3806     m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows );
3807 }
3808
3809 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3810 {
3811     m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event );
3812 }
3813
3814 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3815 {
3816     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3817 }
3818
3819 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3820 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3821 //
3822 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3823 {
3824     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3825         event.Skip();
3826 }
3827
3828 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3829 {
3830     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3831         event.Skip();
3832 }
3833
3834 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3835 {
3836     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3837         event.Skip();
3838 }
3839
3840 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3841
3842 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3843
3844 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3845     EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3846     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3847     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3848     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3849     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3850     EVT_CHAR( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnChar )
3851 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3852
3853 wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3854                                             wxWindowID id,
3855                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3856   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3857 {
3858     m_owner = parent;
3859 }
3860
3861 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3862 {
3863     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3864
3865     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3866     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3867     // set the x coord  - MB
3868     //
3869     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3870
3871     int x, y;
3872     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3873     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
3874     if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
3875         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x+x, pt.y );
3876     else
3877         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x-x, pt.y );
3878
3879     wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3880     m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols );
3881 }
3882
3883 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3884 {
3885     m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event );
3886 }
3887
3888 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3889 {
3890     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3891 }
3892
3893 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3894 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3895 //
3896 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3897 {
3898     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3899         event.Skip();
3900 }
3901
3902 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3903 {
3904     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3905         event.Skip();
3906 }
3907
3908 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3909 {
3910     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3911         event.Skip();
3912 }
3913
3914 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3915
3916 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3917
3918 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3919     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3920     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3921     EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3922     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3923     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3924     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnChar )
3925 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3926
3927 wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3928                                                   wxWindowID id,
3929                                                   const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3930   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3931 {
3932     m_owner = parent;
3933 }
3934
3935 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3936 {
3937     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3938
3939     int client_height = 0;
3940     int client_width = 0;
3941     GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height );
3942
3943     // VZ: any reason for this ifdef? (FIXME)
3944 #if 0
3945 def __WXGTK__
3946     wxRect rect;
3947     rect.SetX( 1 );
3948     rect.SetY( 1 );
3949     rect.SetWidth( client_width - 2 );
3950     rect.SetHeight( client_height - 2 );
3951
3952     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( this, dc, rect, 0 );
3953 #else // !__WXGTK__
3954     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) );
3955     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, client_width - 1, 0 );
3956     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, 0, client_height - 1 );
3957     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 );
3958     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height );
3959
3960     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
3961     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, client_width - 1, 1 );
3962     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, 1, client_height - 1 );
3963 #endif
3964 }
3965
3966 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3967 {
3968     m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event );
3969 }
3970
3971 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3972 {
3973     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3974 }
3975
3976 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3977 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3978 //
3979 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3980 {
3981     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3982         event.Skip();
3983 }
3984
3985 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3986 {
3987     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3988         event.Skip();
3989 }
3990
3991 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3992 {
3993     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3994         event.Skip();
3995 }
3996
3997 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3998
3999 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
4000
4001 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
4002     EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint )
4003     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel )
4004     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent )
4005     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown )
4006     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp )
4007     EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar )
4008     EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
4009     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
4010     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground )
4011 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4012
4013 wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
4014                             wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
4015                             wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
4016                             wxWindowID id,
4017                             const wxPoint &pos,
4018                             const wxSize &size )
4019             : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size,
4020                               wxCLIP_CHILDREN, wxT("grid window") )
4021 {
4022     m_owner = parent;
4023     m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin;
4024     m_colLabelWin = colLblWin;
4025 }
4026
4027 void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
4028 {
4029     wxPaintDC dc( this );
4030     m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
4031     wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion();
4032     wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg );
4033     m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells );
4034
4035 #if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
4036     m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg );
4037 #endif
4038
4039     m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc );
4040     m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells );
4041 }
4042
4043 void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect )
4044 {
4045     wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect );
4046     m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect );
4047     m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect );
4048 }
4049
4050 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
4051 {
4052     if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this)
4053         SetFocus();
4054
4055     m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event );
4056 }
4057
4058 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
4059 {
4060     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
4061 }
4062
4063 // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse
4064 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
4065 //
4066 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
4067 {
4068     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4069         event.Skip();
4070 }
4071
4072 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
4073 {
4074     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4075         event.Skip();
4076 }
4077
4078 void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
4079 {
4080     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4081         event.Skip();
4082 }
4083
4084 void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
4085 {
4086 }
4087
4088 void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
4089 {
4090     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4091         event.Skip();
4092 }
4093
4094 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4095
4096 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
4097 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
4098 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
4099 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
4100
4101 // Internal helper macros for simpler use of that function
4102
4103 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
4104                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
4105                            bool clipToMinMax);
4106
4107 #define internalXToCol(x) XToCol(x, true)
4108 #define internalYToRow(y) CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, \
4109                                           m_minAcceptableRowHeight, \
4110                                           m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, true)
4111
4112 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4113
4114 #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
4115 WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4116
4117 wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4118     // new style border flags, we put them first to
4119     // use them for streaming out
4120     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
4121     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN)
4122     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE)
4123     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
4124     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
4125     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
4126
4127     // old style border flags
4128     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
4129     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
4130     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER)
4131     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER)
4132     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER)
4133     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER)
4134
4135     // standard window styles
4136     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
4137     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
4138     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW)
4139     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS)
4140     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
4141     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB)
4142     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL)
4143     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL)
4144
4145 wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4146
4147 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h")
4148
4149 wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid)
4150     wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children )
4151     wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
4152 wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
4153
4154 wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid)
4155 wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
4156
4157 wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )
4158
4159 /*
4160  TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout, etc. via appropriate objects (e.g., NotebookPageInfo)
4161 */
4162 #else
4163 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4164 #endif
4165
4166 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4167     EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint )
4168     EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize )
4169     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown )
4170     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp )
4171     EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar )
4172     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground )
4173 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4174
4175 wxGrid::wxGrid()
4176 {
4177     // in order to make sure that a size event is not
4178     // trigerred in a unfinished state
4179     m_cornerLabelWin = NULL;
4180     m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
4181     m_colLabelWin = NULL;
4182     m_gridWin = NULL;
4183 }
4184
4185 wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent,
4186                  wxWindowID id,
4187                  const wxPoint& pos,
4188                  const wxSize& size,
4189                  long style,
4190                  const wxString& name )
4191   : wxScrolledWindow( parent, id, pos, size, (style | wxWANTS_CHARS), name ),
4192     m_colMinWidths(GRID_HASH_SIZE),
4193     m_rowMinHeights(GRID_HASH_SIZE)
4194 {
4195     Create();
4196     SetInitialSize(size);
4197 }
4198
4199 bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
4200                           const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
4201                           long style, const wxString& name)
4202 {
4203     if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size,
4204                                   style | wxWANTS_CHARS, name))
4205         return false;
4206
4207     m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4208     m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4209
4210     Create();
4211     SetInitialSize(size);
4212     CalcDimensions();
4213
4214     return true;
4215 }
4216
4217 wxGrid::~wxGrid()
4218 {
4219     // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler
4220     SetTargetWindow(this);
4221     ClearAttrCache();
4222     wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr);
4223
4224 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
4225     size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses;
4226     wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: "
4227                 "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"),
4228              total, gs_nAttrCacheHits,
4229              total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0);
4230 #endif
4231
4232     // if we own the table, just delete it, otherwise at least don't leave it
4233     // with dangling view pointer
4234     if ( m_ownTable )
4235         delete m_table;
4236     else if ( m_table && m_table->GetView() == this )
4237         m_table->SetView(NULL);
4238
4239     delete m_typeRegistry;
4240     delete m_selection;
4241 }
4242
4243 //
4244 // ----- internal init and update functions
4245 //
4246
4247 // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can
4248 // be removed as well as the #else cases below.
4249 #define _USE_VISATTR 0
4250
4251 void wxGrid::Create()
4252 {
4253     // set to true by CreateGrid
4254     m_created = false;
4255
4256     // create the type registry
4257     m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry;
4258     m_selection = NULL;
4259
4260     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
4261     m_ownTable = false;
4262
4263     m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
4264
4265     m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr();
4266
4267     // Set default cell attributes
4268     m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
4269     m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default);
4270     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont());
4271     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP);
4272     m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer);
4273     m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor);
4274
4275 #if _USE_VISATTR
4276     wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4277     wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4278
4279     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg);
4280     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg);
4281
4282 #else
4283     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(
4284         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT));
4285     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(
4286         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW));
4287 #endif
4288
4289     m_numRows = 0;
4290     m_numCols = 0;
4291     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4292
4293     m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4294     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4295
4296     // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid
4297     m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this,
4298                                               wxID_ANY,
4299                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4300                                               wxDefaultSize );
4301
4302     m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this,
4303                                               wxID_ANY,
4304                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4305                                               wxDefaultSize );
4306
4307     m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this,
4308                                                     wxID_ANY,
4309                                                     wxDefaultPosition,
4310                                                     wxDefaultSize );
4311
4312     m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this,
4313                                   m_rowLabelWin,
4314                                   m_colLabelWin,
4315                                   wxID_ANY,
4316                                   wxDefaultPosition,
4317                                   wxDefaultSize );
4318
4319     SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin );
4320
4321 #if _USE_VISATTR
4322     wxColour gfg = gva.colFg;
4323     wxColour gbg = gva.colBg;
4324     wxColour lfg = lva.colFg;
4325     wxColour lbg = lva.colBg;
4326 #else
4327     wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4328     wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW );
4329     wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4330     wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE );
4331 #endif
4332
4333     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4334     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4335     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4336     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4337     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4338     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4339
4340     m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg);
4341     m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg);
4342
4343     Init();
4344 }
4345
4346 bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
4347                          wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4348 {
4349     wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created,
4350                  false,
4351                  wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
4352
4353     m_numRows = numRows;
4354     m_numCols = numCols;
4355
4356     m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols );
4357     m_table->SetView( this );
4358     m_ownTable = true;
4359     m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4360
4361     CalcDimensions();
4362
4363     m_created = true;
4364
4365     return m_created;
4366 }
4367
4368 void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
4369 {
4370     wxCHECK_RET( m_created,
4371                  wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4372
4373     m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode );
4374 }
4375
4376 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const
4377 {
4378     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells,
4379                  wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4380
4381     return m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
4382 }
4383
4384 bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership,
4385                        wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4386 {
4387     bool checkSelection = false;
4388     if ( m_created )
4389     {
4390         // stop all processing
4391         m_created = false;
4392
4393         if (m_table)
4394         {
4395             m_table->SetView(0);
4396             if( m_ownTable )
4397                 delete m_table;
4398             m_table = NULL;
4399         }
4400
4401         delete m_selection;
4402         m_selection = NULL;
4403
4404         m_ownTable = false;
4405         m_numRows = 0;
4406         m_numCols = 0;
4407         checkSelection = true;
4408
4409         // kill row and column size arrays
4410         m_colWidths.Empty();
4411         m_colRights.Empty();
4412         m_rowHeights.Empty();
4413         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4414     }
4415
4416     if (table)
4417     {
4418         m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows();
4419         m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols();
4420
4421         m_table = table;
4422         m_table->SetView( this );
4423         m_ownTable = takeOwnership;
4424         m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4425         if (checkSelection)
4426         {
4427             // If the newly set table is smaller than the
4428             // original one current cell and selection regions
4429             // might be invalid,
4430             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4431             m_currentCellCoords =
4432               wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows, m_currentCellCoords.GetRow()),
4433                                wxMin(m_numCols, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol()));
4434             if (m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() >= m_numRows ||
4435                 m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() >= m_numCols)
4436             {
4437                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4438                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4439             }
4440             else
4441                 m_selectingBottomRight =
4442                   wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows,
4443                                          m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow()),
4444                                    wxMin(m_numCols,
4445                                          m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol()));
4446         }
4447         CalcDimensions();
4448
4449         m_created = true;
4450     }
4451
4452     return m_created;
4453 }
4454
4455 void wxGrid::Init()
4456 {
4457     m_rowLabelWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4458     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4459
4460     if ( m_rowLabelWin )
4461     {
4462         m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour();
4463     }
4464     else
4465     {
4466         m_labelBackgroundColour = *wxWHITE;
4467     }
4468
4469     m_labelTextColour = *wxBLACK;
4470
4471     // init attr cache
4472     m_attrCache.row = -1;
4473     m_attrCache.col = -1;
4474     m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
4475
4476     // TODO: something better than this ?
4477     //
4478     m_labelFont = this->GetFont();
4479     m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD );
4480
4481     m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4482     m_rowLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4483
4484     m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4485     m_colLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4486     m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL;
4487
4488     m_defaultColWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH;
4489     m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight();
4490
4491     m_minAcceptableColWidth  = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH;
4492     m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT;
4493
4494 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)  // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl()
4495     m_defaultRowHeight += 8;
4496 #else
4497     m_defaultRowHeight += 4;
4498 #endif
4499
4500     m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 );
4501     m_gridLinesEnabled = true;
4502     m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK;
4503     m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2;
4504     m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1;
4505
4506     m_canDragColMove = false;
4507
4508     m_cursorMode  = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
4509     m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
4510     m_canDragRowSize = true;
4511     m_canDragColSize = true;
4512     m_canDragGridSize = true;
4513     m_canDragCell = false;
4514     m_dragLastPos  = -1;
4515     m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
4516     m_isDragging = false;
4517     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
4518     m_nativeColumnLabels = false;
4519
4520     m_waitForSlowClick = false;
4521
4522     m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS );
4523     m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
4524
4525     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4526
4527     ClearSelection();
4528
4529     m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
4530     m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT);
4531
4532     m_editable = true;  // default for whole grid
4533
4534     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
4535     m_batchCount = 0;
4536
4537     m_extraWidth =
4538     m_extraHeight = 0;
4539
4540     m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
4541     m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
4542 }
4543
4544 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4545 // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create
4546 // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if
4547 // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these
4548 // arrays at all
4549 //
4550 // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the widths/heights
4551 // different from default ones (resulting in space savings for huge grids) but
4552 // this is not done currently
4553 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4554
4555 void wxGrid::InitRowHeights()
4556 {
4557     m_rowHeights.Empty();
4558     m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4559
4560     m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows );
4561     m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows );
4562
4563     m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows );
4564
4565     int rowBottom = 0;
4566     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4567     {
4568         rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight;
4569         m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom );
4570     }
4571 }
4572
4573 void wxGrid::InitColWidths()
4574 {
4575     m_colWidths.Empty();
4576     m_colRights.Empty();
4577
4578     m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols );
4579     m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols );
4580
4581     m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols );
4582
4583     int colRight = 0;
4584     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4585     {
4586         colRight = ( GetColPos( i ) + 1 ) * m_defaultColWidth;
4587         m_colRights.Add( colRight );
4588     }
4589 }
4590
4591 int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const
4592 {
4593     return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col];
4594 }
4595
4596 int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const
4597 {
4598     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? GetColPos( col ) * m_defaultColWidth
4599                                  : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col];
4600 }
4601
4602 int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const
4603 {
4604     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (GetColPos( col ) + 1) * m_defaultColWidth
4605                                  : m_colRights[col];
4606 }
4607
4608 int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const
4609 {
4610     return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row];
4611 }
4612
4613 int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const
4614 {
4615     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight
4616                                   : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row];
4617 }
4618
4619 int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const
4620 {
4621     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight
4622                                   : m_rowBottoms[row];
4623 }
4624
4625 void wxGrid::CalcDimensions()
4626 {
4627     // compute the size of the scrollable area
4628     int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1)) : 0;
4629     int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
4630
4631     w += m_extraWidth;
4632     h += m_extraHeight;
4633
4634     // take into account editor if shown
4635     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
4636     {
4637         int w2, h2;
4638         int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
4639         int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
4640         int x = GetColLeft(c);
4641         int y = GetRowTop(r);
4642
4643         // how big is the editor
4644         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c);
4645         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c);
4646         editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2);
4647         w2 += x;
4648         h2 += y;
4649         if ( w2 > w )
4650             w = w2;
4651         if ( h2 > h )
4652             h = h2;
4653         editor->DecRef();
4654         attr->DecRef();
4655     }
4656
4657     // preserve (more or less) the previous position
4658     int x, y;
4659     GetViewStart( &x, &y );
4660
4661     // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges
4662     if ( x >= w )
4663         x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 );
4664     if ( y >= h )
4665         y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 );
4666
4667     // do set scrollbar parameters
4668     SetScrollbars( m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY,
4669                    GetScrollX(w), GetScrollY(h),
4670                    x, y,
4671                    GetBatchCount() != 0);
4672
4673     // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we
4674     // still must reposition the children
4675     CalcWindowSizes();
4676 }
4677
4678 void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes()
4679 {
4680     // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet
4681
4682     if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL )
4683         return;
4684
4685     int cw, ch;
4686     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4687
4688     // this block of code tries to work around the following problem: the grid
4689     // could have been just resized to have enough space to show the full grid
4690     // window contents without the scrollbars, but its client size could be
4691     // not big enough because the grid has the scrollbars right now and so the
4692     // scrollbars would remain even though we don't need them any more
4693     //
4694     // to prevent this from happening, check if we have enough space for
4695     // everything without the scrollbars and explicitly disable them then
4696     wxSize size = GetSize() - GetWindowBorderSize();
4697     if ( size != wxSize(cw, ch) )
4698     {
4699         // check if we have enough space for grid window after accounting for
4700         // the fixed size elements
4701         size.x -= m_rowLabelWidth;
4702         size.y -= m_colLabelHeight;
4703
4704         const wxSize vsize = m_gridWin->GetVirtualSize();
4705
4706         if ( size.x >= vsize.x && size.y >= vsize.y )
4707         {
4708             // yes, we do, so remove the scrollbars and use the new client size
4709             // (which should be the same as full window size - borders now)
4710             SetScrollbars(0, 0, 0, 0);
4711             GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
4712         }
4713     }
4714
4715     if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() )
4716         m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
4717
4718     if ( m_colLabelWin && m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4719         m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, cw - m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
4720
4721     if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4722         m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, ch - m_colLabelHeight );
4723
4724     if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() )
4725         m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, cw - m_rowLabelWidth, ch - m_colLabelHeight );
4726 }
4727
4728 // this is called when the grid table sends a message
4729 // to indicate that it has been redimensioned
4730 //
4731 bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
4732 {
4733     int i;
4734     bool result = false;
4735
4736     // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different
4737     // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns.
4738     ClearAttrCache();
4739
4740     // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are
4741     // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be
4742     // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes.
4743     // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the
4744     // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist.
4745     HideCellEditControl();
4746
4747 #if 0
4748     // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them
4749     // now
4750     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4751     {
4752         InitColWidths();
4753     }
4754
4755     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4756     {
4757         InitRowHeights();
4758     }
4759 #endif
4760
4761     switch ( msg.GetId() )
4762     {
4763         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
4764         {
4765             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4766             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4767
4768             m_numRows += numRows;
4769
4770             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4771             {
4772                 m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows );
4773                 m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows );
4774
4775                 int bottom = 0;
4776                 if ( pos > 0 )
4777                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1];
4778
4779                 for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4780                 {
4781                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4782                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4783                 }
4784             }
4785
4786             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4787             {
4788                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4789                 // cell will be undefined...
4790                 //
4791                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4792             }
4793
4794             if ( m_selection )
4795                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows );
4796             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4797             if (attrProvider)
4798                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
4799
4800             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4801             {
4802                 CalcDimensions();
4803                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4804             }
4805         }
4806         result = true;
4807         break;
4808
4809         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
4810         {
4811             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt();
4812             int oldNumRows = m_numRows;
4813             m_numRows += numRows;
4814
4815             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4816             {
4817                 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows );
4818                 m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows );
4819
4820                 int bottom = 0;
4821                 if ( oldNumRows > 0 )
4822                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1];
4823
4824                 for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4825                 {
4826                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4827                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4828                 }
4829             }
4830
4831             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4832             {
4833                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4834                 // cell will be undefined...
4835                 //
4836                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4837             }
4838
4839             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4840             {
4841                 CalcDimensions();
4842                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4843             }
4844         }
4845         result = true;
4846         break;
4847
4848         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
4849         {
4850             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4851             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4852             m_numRows -= numRows;
4853
4854             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4855             {
4856                 m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4857                 m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4858
4859                 int h = 0;
4860                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4861                 {
4862                     h += m_rowHeights[i];
4863                     m_rowBottoms[i] = h;
4864                 }
4865             }
4866
4867             if ( !m_numRows )
4868             {
4869                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4870             }
4871             else
4872             {
4873                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows )
4874                     m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4875             }
4876
4877             if ( m_selection )
4878                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4879             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4880             if (attrProvider)
4881             {
4882                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4883
4884 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4885 #if 0
4886                 // No need to touch column attributes, unless we
4887                 // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove
4888                 // all column attributes.
4889                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4890                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows.
4891                 if ( !GetNumberRows() )
4892                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() );
4893 #endif
4894             }
4895
4896             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4897             {
4898                 CalcDimensions();
4899                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4900             }
4901         }
4902         result = true;
4903         break;
4904
4905         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
4906         {
4907             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4908             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4909             m_numCols += numCols;
4910
4911             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4912             {
4913                 //Shift the column IDs
4914                 int i;
4915                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols - numCols; i++ )
4916                 {
4917                     if ( m_colAt[i] >= (int)pos )
4918                         m_colAt[i] += numCols;
4919                 }
4920
4921                 m_colAt.Insert( pos, pos, numCols );
4922
4923                 //Set the new columns' positions
4924                 for ( i = pos + 1; i < (int)pos + numCols; i++ )
4925                 {
4926                     m_colAt[i] = i;
4927                 }
4928             }
4929
4930             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4931             {
4932                 m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols );
4933                 m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols );
4934
4935                 int right = 0;
4936                 if ( pos > 0 )
4937                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( pos - 1 )];
4938
4939                 int colPos;
4940                 for ( colPos = pos; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4941                 {
4942                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
4943
4944                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4945                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4946                 }
4947             }
4948
4949             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4950             {
4951                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4952                 // cell will be undefined...
4953                 //
4954                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4955             }
4956
4957             if ( m_selection )
4958                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols );
4959             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4960             if (attrProvider)
4961                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
4962             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4963             {
4964                 CalcDimensions();
4965                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4966             }
4967         }
4968         result = true;
4969         break;
4970
4971         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
4972         {
4973             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt();
4974             int oldNumCols = m_numCols;
4975             m_numCols += numCols;
4976
4977             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4978             {
4979                 m_colAt.Add( 0, numCols );
4980
4981                 //Set the new columns' positions
4982                 int i;
4983                 for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4984                 {
4985                     m_colAt[i] = i;
4986                 }
4987             }
4988
4989             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4990             {
4991                 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols );
4992                 m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols );
4993
4994                 int right = 0;
4995                 if ( oldNumCols > 0 )
4996                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( oldNumCols - 1 )];
4997
4998                 int colPos;
4999                 for ( colPos = oldNumCols; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5000                 {
5001                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
5002
5003                     right += m_colWidths[i];
5004                     m_colRights[i] = right;
5005                 }
5006             }
5007
5008             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
5009             {
5010                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
5011                 // cell will be undefined...
5012                 //
5013                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
5014             }
5015             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5016             {
5017                 CalcDimensions();
5018                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
5019             }
5020         }
5021         result = true;
5022         break;
5023
5024         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
5025         {
5026             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
5027             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
5028             m_numCols -= numCols;
5029
5030             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
5031             {
5032                 int colID = GetColAt( pos );
5033
5034                 m_colAt.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5035
5036                 //Shift the column IDs
5037                 int colPos;
5038                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5039                 {
5040                     if ( m_colAt[colPos] > colID )
5041                         m_colAt[colPos] -= numCols;
5042                 }
5043             }
5044
5045             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
5046             {
5047                 m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5048                 m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5049
5050                 int w = 0;
5051                 int colPos;
5052                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5053                 {
5054                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
5055
5056                     w += m_colWidths[i];
5057                     m_colRights[i] = w;
5058                 }
5059             }
5060
5061             if ( !m_numCols )
5062             {
5063                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5064             }
5065             else
5066             {
5067                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols )
5068                   m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
5069             }
5070
5071             if ( m_selection )
5072                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
5073             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
5074             if (attrProvider)
5075             {
5076                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
5077
5078 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
5079 #if 0
5080                 // No need to touch row attributes, unless we
5081                 // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove
5082                 // all row attributes.
5083                 // I hate to do this here, but the
5084                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols.
5085                 if ( !GetNumberCols() )
5086                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() );
5087 #endif
5088             }
5089
5090             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5091             {
5092                 CalcDimensions();
5093                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
5094             }
5095         }
5096         result = true;
5097         break;
5098     }
5099
5100     if (result && !GetBatchCount() )
5101         m_gridWin->Refresh();
5102
5103     return result;
5104 }
5105
5106 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5107 {
5108     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5109     wxRect r;
5110
5111     wxArrayInt  rowlabels;
5112
5113     int top, bottom;
5114     while ( iter )
5115     {
5116         r = iter.GetRect();
5117
5118         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5119         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5120         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5121         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5122         //
5123 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5124         int cw, ch;
5125         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5126         if ( r.GetTop() > ch )
5127             r.SetTop( 0 );
5128         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5129 #endif
5130
5131         // logical bounds of update region
5132         //
5133         int dummy;
5134         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top );
5135         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom );
5136
5137         // find the row labels within these bounds
5138         //
5139         int row;
5140         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5141         {
5142             if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top )
5143                 continue;
5144
5145             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5146                 break;
5147
5148             rowlabels.Add( row );
5149         }
5150
5151         ++iter;
5152     }
5153
5154     return rowlabels;
5155 }
5156
5157 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5158 {
5159     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5160     wxRect r;
5161
5162     wxArrayInt colLabels;
5163
5164     int left, right;
5165     while ( iter )
5166     {
5167         r = iter.GetRect();
5168
5169         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5170         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5171         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5172         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5173         //
5174 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5175         int cw, ch;
5176         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5177         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw )
5178             r.SetLeft( 0 );
5179         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5180 #endif
5181
5182         // logical bounds of update region
5183         //
5184         int dummy;
5185         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy );
5186         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy );
5187
5188         // find the cells within these bounds
5189         //
5190         int col;
5191         int colPos;
5192         for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5193         {
5194             col = GetColAt( colPos );
5195
5196             if ( GetColRight(col) < left )
5197                 continue;
5198
5199             if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5200                 break;
5201
5202             colLabels.Add( col );
5203         }
5204
5205         ++iter;
5206     }
5207
5208     return colLabels;
5209 }
5210
5211 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5212 {
5213     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5214     wxRect r;
5215
5216     wxGridCellCoordsArray  cellsExposed;
5217
5218     int left, top, right, bottom;
5219     while ( iter )
5220     {
5221         r = iter.GetRect();
5222
5223         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5224         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5225         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5226         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5227         //
5228 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5229         int cw, ch;
5230         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5231         if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
5232         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
5233         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5234         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5235 #endif
5236
5237         // logical bounds of update region
5238         //
5239         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
5240         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
5241
5242         // find the cells within these bounds
5243         //
5244         int row, col;
5245         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5246         {
5247             if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top )
5248                 continue;
5249
5250             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5251                 break;
5252
5253             int colPos;
5254             for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5255             {
5256                 col = GetColAt( colPos );
5257
5258                 if ( GetColRight(col) <= left )
5259                     continue;
5260
5261                 if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5262                     break;
5263
5264                 cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) );
5265             }
5266         }
5267
5268         ++iter;
5269     }
5270
5271     return cellsExposed;
5272 }
5273
5274
5275 void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5276 {
5277     int x, y, row;
5278     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5279     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5280
5281     if ( event.Dragging() )
5282     {
5283         if (!m_isDragging)
5284         {
5285             m_isDragging = true;
5286             m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5287         }
5288
5289         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5290         {
5291             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5292             {
5293                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5294                 {
5295                     int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5296                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5297                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5298
5299                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5300                     PrepareDC( dc );
5301                     y = wxMax( y,
5302                                GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5303                                GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5304                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5305                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5306                     {
5307                         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5308                     }
5309                     dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5310                     m_dragLastPos = y;
5311                 }
5312                 break;
5313
5314                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5315                 {
5316                     if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 )
5317                     {
5318                         if ( m_selection )
5319                         {
5320                             m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5321                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5322                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5323                                                     event.AltDown(),
5324                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5325                         }
5326                     }
5327                 }
5328                 break;
5329
5330                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5331                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5332                 default:
5333                     break;
5334             }
5335         }
5336         return;
5337     }
5338
5339     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5340         return;
5341
5342     if (m_isDragging)
5343     {
5344         if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture())
5345             m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5346         m_isDragging = false;
5347     }
5348
5349     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5350     //
5351     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5352     {
5353         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5354     }
5355
5356     // ------------ Left button pressed
5357     //
5358     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5359     {
5360         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5361         // edge of the row label - this is probably the user
5362         // wanting to resize the row
5363         //
5364         if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5365         {
5366             row = YToRow(y);
5367             if ( row >= 0 &&
5368                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5369             {
5370                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5371                     ClearSelection();
5372                 if ( m_selection )
5373                 {
5374                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5375                     {
5376                         m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
5377                                                   0,
5378                                                   row,
5379                                                   GetNumberCols() - 1,
5380                                                   event.ControlDown(),
5381                                                   event.ShiftDown(),
5382                                                   event.AltDown(),
5383                                                   event.MetaDown() );
5384                     }
5385                     else
5386                     {
5387                         m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5388                                                 event.ControlDown(),
5389                                                 event.ShiftDown(),
5390                                                 event.AltDown(),
5391                                                 event.MetaDown() );
5392                     }
5393                 }
5394
5395                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5396             }
5397         }
5398         else
5399         {
5400             // starting to drag-resize a row
5401             if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5402                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5403         }
5404     }
5405
5406     // ------------ Left double click
5407     //
5408     else if (event.LeftDClick() )
5409     {
5410         row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
5411         if ( row < 0 )
5412         {
5413             row = YToRow(y);
5414             if ( row >=0 &&
5415                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5416             {
5417                 // no default action at the moment
5418             }
5419         }
5420         else
5421         {
5422             // adjust row height depending on label text
5423             AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row );
5424
5425             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5426             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5427         }
5428     }
5429
5430     // ------------ Left button released
5431     //
5432     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5433     {
5434         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5435         {
5436             DoEndDragResizeRow();
5437
5438             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5439             // default processing in this case
5440             //
5441             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
5442         }
5443
5444         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5445         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5446     }
5447
5448     // ------------ Right button down
5449     //
5450     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5451     {
5452         row = YToRow(y);
5453         if ( row >=0 &&
5454              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5455         {
5456             // no default action at the moment
5457         }
5458     }
5459
5460     // ------------ Right double click
5461     //
5462     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5463     {
5464         row = YToRow(y);
5465         if ( row >= 0 &&
5466              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5467         {
5468             // no default action at the moment
5469         }
5470     }
5471
5472     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5473     //
5474     else if ( event.Moving() )
5475     {
5476         m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5477         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5478         {
5479             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5480             {
5481                 // don't capture the mouse yet
5482                 if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5483                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5484             }
5485         }
5486         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5487         {
5488             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5489         }
5490     }
5491 }
5492
5493 void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5494 {
5495     int x, y, col;
5496     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5497     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5498
5499     if ( event.Dragging() )
5500     {
5501         if (!m_isDragging)
5502         {
5503             m_isDragging = true;
5504             m_colLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5505
5506             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL )
5507                 m_dragRowOrCol = XToCol( x );
5508         }
5509
5510         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5511         {
5512             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5513             {
5514                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5515                 {
5516                     int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5517                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5518                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5519
5520                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5521                     PrepareDC( dc );
5522
5523                     x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5524                                   GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
5525                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5526                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5527                     {
5528                         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
5529                     }
5530                     dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
5531                     m_dragLastPos = x;
5532                 }
5533                 break;
5534
5535                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5536                 {
5537                     if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 )
5538                     {
5539                         if ( m_selection )
5540                         {
5541                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5542                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5543                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5544                                                     event.AltDown(),
5545                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5546                         }
5547                     }
5548                 }
5549                 break;
5550
5551                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5552                 {
5553                     if ( x < 0 )
5554                         m_moveToCol = GetColAt( 0 );
5555                     else
5556                         m_moveToCol = XToCol( x );
5557
5558                     int markerX;
5559
5560                     if ( m_moveToCol < 0 )
5561                         markerX = GetColRight( GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) );
5562                     else
5563                         markerX = GetColLeft( m_moveToCol );
5564
5565                     if ( markerX != m_dragLastPos )
5566                     {
5567                         wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
5568
5569                         int cw, ch;
5570                         m_colLabelWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5571
5572                         markerX++;
5573
5574                         //Clean up the last indicator
5575                         if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5576                         {
5577                             wxPen pen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 2 );
5578                             dc.SetPen(pen);
5579                             dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos + 1, 0, m_dragLastPos + 1, ch );
5580                             dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
5581
5582                             if ( XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) != -1 )
5583                                 DrawColLabel( dc, XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) );
5584                         }
5585
5586                         //Moving to the same place? Don't draw a marker
5587                         if ( (m_moveToCol == m_dragRowOrCol)
5588                           || (GetColPos( m_moveToCol ) == GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) + 1)
5589                           || (m_moveToCol < 0 && m_dragRowOrCol == GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )))
5590                         {
5591                             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5592                             return;
5593                         }
5594
5595                         //Draw the marker
5596                         wxPen pen( *wxBLUE, 2 );
5597                         dc.SetPen(pen);
5598
5599                         dc.DrawLine( markerX, 0, markerX, ch );
5600
5601                         dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
5602
5603                         m_dragLastPos = markerX - 1;
5604                     }
5605                 }
5606                 break;
5607
5608                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5609                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5610                 default:
5611                     break;
5612             }
5613         }
5614         return;
5615     }
5616
5617     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5618         return;
5619
5620     if (m_isDragging)
5621     {
5622         if (m_colLabelWin->HasCapture())
5623             m_colLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5624         m_isDragging = false;
5625     }
5626
5627     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5628     //
5629     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5630     {
5631         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5632     }
5633
5634     // ------------ Left button pressed
5635     //
5636     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5637     {
5638         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5639         // edge of the col label - this is probably the user
5640         // wanting to resize the col
5641         //
5642         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 )
5643         {
5644             col = XToCol(x);
5645             if ( col >= 0 &&
5646                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5647             {
5648                 if ( m_canDragColMove )
5649                 {
5650                     //Show button as pressed
5651                     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
5652                     int colLeft = GetColLeft( col );
5653                     int colRight = GetColRight( col ) - 1;
5654                     dc.SetPen( wxPen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 1 ) );
5655                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
5656                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
5657
5658                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5659                 }
5660                 else
5661                 {
5662                     if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5663                         ClearSelection();
5664                     if ( m_selection )
5665                     {
5666                         if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5667                         {
5668                             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0,
5669                                                       m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5670                                                       GetNumberRows() - 1, col,
5671                                                       event.ControlDown(),
5672                                                       event.ShiftDown(),
5673                                                       event.AltDown(),
5674                                                       event.MetaDown() );
5675                         }
5676                         else
5677                         {
5678                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5679                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5680                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5681                                                     event.AltDown(),
5682                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5683                         }
5684                     }
5685
5686                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5687                 }
5688             }
5689         }
5690         else
5691         {
5692             // starting to drag-resize a col
5693             //
5694             if ( CanDragColSize() )
5695                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5696         }
5697     }
5698
5699     // ------------ Left double click
5700     //
5701     if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5702     {
5703         col = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
5704         if ( col < 0 )
5705         {
5706             col = XToCol(x);
5707             if ( col >= 0 &&
5708                  ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5709             {
5710                 // no default action at the moment
5711             }
5712         }
5713         else
5714         {
5715             // adjust column width depending on label text
5716             AutoSizeColLabelSize( col );
5717
5718             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5719             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5720         }
5721     }
5722
5723     // ------------ Left button released
5724     //
5725     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5726     {
5727         switch ( m_cursorMode )
5728         {
5729             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5730                 DoEndDragResizeCol();
5731
5732                 // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5733                 // default processing in this case
5734                 //
5735                 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5736                 break;
5737
5738             case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5739                 DoEndDragMoveCol();
5740
5741                 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5742                 break;
5743
5744             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5745             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL:
5746             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5747             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5748                 // nothing to do (?)
5749                 break;
5750         }
5751
5752         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5753         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5754     }
5755
5756     // ------------ Right button down
5757     //
5758     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5759     {
5760         col = XToCol(x);
5761         if ( col >= 0 &&
5762              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5763         {
5764             // no default action at the moment
5765         }
5766     }
5767
5768     // ------------ Right double click
5769     //
5770     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5771     {
5772         col = XToCol(x);
5773         if ( col >= 0 &&
5774              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5775         {
5776             // no default action at the moment
5777         }
5778     }
5779
5780     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5781     //
5782     else if ( event.Moving() )
5783     {
5784         m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
5785         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5786         {
5787             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5788             {
5789                 // don't capture the cursor yet
5790                 if ( CanDragColSize() )
5791                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5792             }
5793         }
5794         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5795         {
5796             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5797         }
5798     }
5799 }
5800
5801 void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5802 {
5803     if ( event.LeftDown() )
5804     {
5805         // indicate corner label by having both row and
5806         // col args == -1
5807         //
5808         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5809         {
5810             SelectAll();
5811         }
5812     }
5813     else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5814     {
5815         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event );
5816     }
5817     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5818     {
5819         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5820         {
5821             // no default action at the moment
5822         }
5823     }
5824     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5825     {
5826         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5827         {
5828             // no default action at the moment
5829         }
5830     }
5831 }
5832
5833 void wxGrid::CancelMouseCapture()
5834 {
5835     // cancel operation currently in progress, whatever it is
5836     if ( m_winCapture )
5837     {
5838         m_isDragging = false;
5839         m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
5840         m_winCapture->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5841         m_winCapture = NULL;
5842
5843         // remove traces of whatever we drew on screen
5844         Refresh();
5845     }
5846 }
5847
5848 void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
5849                               wxWindow *win,
5850                               bool captureMouse)
5851 {
5852 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
5853     static const wxChar *cursorModes[] =
5854     {
5855         _T("SELECT_CELL"),
5856         _T("RESIZE_ROW"),
5857         _T("RESIZE_COL"),
5858         _T("SELECT_ROW"),
5859         _T("SELECT_COL"),
5860         _T("MOVE_COL"),
5861     };
5862
5863     wxLogTrace(_T("grid"),
5864                _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"),
5865                win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin")
5866                                     : win ? _T("rowLabelWin")
5867                                           : _T("gridWin"),
5868                cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]);
5869 #endif
5870
5871     if ( mode == m_cursorMode &&
5872          win == m_winCapture &&
5873          captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL))
5874         return;
5875
5876     if ( !win )
5877     {
5878         // by default use the grid itself
5879         win = m_gridWin;
5880     }
5881
5882     if ( m_winCapture )
5883     {
5884         if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
5885             m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
5886         m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
5887     }
5888
5889     m_cursorMode = mode;
5890
5891     switch ( m_cursorMode )
5892     {
5893         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5894             win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor );
5895             break;
5896
5897         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5898             win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor );
5899             break;
5900
5901         case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5902             win->SetCursor( wxCursor(wxCURSOR_HAND) );
5903             break;
5904
5905         default:
5906             win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5907             break;
5908     }
5909
5910     // we need to capture mouse when resizing
5911     bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ||
5912                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL;
5913
5914     if ( captureMouse && resize )
5915     {
5916         win->CaptureMouse();
5917         m_winCapture = win;
5918     }
5919 }
5920
5921 void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5922 {
5923     int x, y;
5924     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5925     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5926
5927     wxGridCellCoords coords;
5928     XYToCell( x, y, coords );
5929
5930     int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5931     bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging;
5932     GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5933     if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
5934     {
5935         coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows);
5936         coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols);
5937     }
5938
5939     if ( event.Dragging() )
5940     {
5941         //wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
5942
5943         // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged at
5944         // least 3 pixels in any direction...
5945         if (! m_isDragging)
5946         {
5947             if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition)
5948             {
5949                 m_startDragPos = pos;
5950                 return;
5951             }
5952             if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4)
5953                 return;
5954         }
5955
5956         m_isDragging = true;
5957         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5958         {
5959             // Hide the edit control, so it
5960             // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
5961             if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
5962             {
5963                 HideCellEditControl();
5964                 SaveEditControlValue();
5965             }
5966
5967             if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5968             {
5969                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
5970                 {
5971                     if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5972                         m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5973                     HighlightBlock( m_selectingKeyboard, coords );
5974                 }
5975                 else if ( CanDragCell() )
5976                 {
5977                     if ( isFirstDrag )
5978                     {
5979                         if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5980                             m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5981
5982                         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG,
5983                                    coords.GetRow(),
5984                                    coords.GetCol(),
5985                                    event );
5986                         return;
5987                     }
5988                 }
5989                 else
5990                 {
5991                     if ( !IsSelection() )
5992                     {
5993                         HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
5994                     }
5995                     else
5996                     {
5997                         HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords );
5998                     }
5999                 }
6000
6001                 if (! IsVisible(coords))
6002                 {
6003                     MakeCellVisible(coords);
6004                     // TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here.  The
6005                     // scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK.
6006                 }
6007             }
6008             // Have we captured the mouse yet?
6009             if (! m_winCapture)
6010             {
6011                 m_winCapture = m_gridWin;
6012                 m_winCapture->CaptureMouse();
6013             }
6014
6015
6016         }
6017         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
6018         {
6019             int cw, ch, left, dummy;
6020             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6021             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
6022
6023             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6024             PrepareDC( dc );
6025             y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
6026                           GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
6027             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
6028             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6029             {
6030                 dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
6031             }
6032             dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
6033             m_dragLastPos = y;
6034         }
6035         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
6036         {
6037             int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6038             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6039             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6040
6041             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6042             PrepareDC( dc );
6043             x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
6044                           GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) );
6045             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
6046             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6047             {
6048                 dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6049             }
6050             dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
6051             m_dragLastPos = x;
6052         }
6053
6054         return;
6055     }
6056
6057     m_isDragging = false;
6058     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
6059
6060     // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL
6061     //     immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under
6062     //     wxGTK
6063 #if 0
6064     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
6065     {
6066         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6067         m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
6068     }
6069     else
6070 #endif // 0
6071
6072     // ------------ Left button pressed
6073     //
6074     if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6075     {
6076         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK,
6077                        coords.GetRow(),
6078                        coords.GetCol(),
6079                        event ) )
6080         {
6081             if ( !event.CmdDown() )
6082                 ClearSelection();
6083             if ( event.ShiftDown() )
6084             {
6085                 if ( m_selection )
6086                 {
6087                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
6088                                               m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
6089                                               coords.GetRow(),
6090                                               coords.GetCol(),
6091                                               event.ControlDown(),
6092                                               event.ShiftDown(),
6093                                               event.AltDown(),
6094                                               event.MetaDown() );
6095                 }
6096             }
6097             else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 &&
6098                       YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
6099             {
6100                 DisableCellEditControl();
6101                 MakeCellVisible( coords );
6102
6103                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
6104                 {
6105                     if ( m_selection )
6106                     {
6107                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(),
6108                                                           coords.GetCol(),
6109                                                           event.ControlDown(),
6110                                                           event.ShiftDown(),
6111                                                           event.AltDown(),
6112                                                           event.MetaDown() );
6113                     }
6114                     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6115                     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6116                     m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
6117                 }
6118                 else
6119                 {
6120                     m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords;
6121                     SetCurrentCell( coords );
6122                     if ( m_selection )
6123                     {
6124                         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() !=
6125                                 wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells )
6126                         {
6127                             HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
6128                         }
6129                     }
6130                 }
6131             }
6132         }
6133     }
6134
6135     // ------------ Left double click
6136     //
6137     else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6138     {
6139         DisableCellEditControl();
6140
6141         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
6142         {
6143             if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK,
6144                              coords.GetRow(),
6145                              coords.GetCol(),
6146                              event ) )
6147             {
6148                 // we want double click to select a cell and start editing
6149                 // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks):
6150                 m_waitForSlowClick = true;
6151             }
6152         }
6153     }
6154
6155     // ------------ Left button released
6156     //
6157     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
6158     {
6159         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6160         {
6161             if (m_winCapture)
6162             {
6163                 if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
6164                     m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
6165                 m_winCapture = NULL;
6166             }
6167
6168             if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() )
6169             {
6170                 ClearSelection();
6171                 EnableCellEditControl();
6172
6173                 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
6174                 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
6175                 editor->StartingClick();
6176                 editor->DecRef();
6177                 attr->DecRef();
6178
6179                 m_waitForSlowClick = false;
6180             }
6181             else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
6182                  m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6183             {
6184                 if ( m_selection )
6185                 {
6186                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
6187                                               m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
6188                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
6189                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
6190                                               event.ControlDown(),
6191                                               event.ShiftDown(),
6192                                               event.AltDown(),
6193                                               event.MetaDown() );
6194                 }
6195
6196                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6197                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6198
6199                 // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for
6200                 // drag-shrinking.
6201                 ShowCellEditControl();
6202             }
6203         }
6204         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
6205         {
6206             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6207             DoEndDragResizeRow();
6208
6209             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6210             // default processing in this case
6211             //
6212             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
6213         }
6214         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
6215         {
6216             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6217             DoEndDragResizeCol();
6218
6219             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6220             // default processing in this case
6221             //
6222             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
6223         }
6224
6225         m_dragLastPos = -1;
6226     }
6227
6228     // ------------ Right button down
6229     //
6230     else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6231     {
6232         DisableCellEditControl();
6233         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK,
6234                          coords.GetRow(),
6235                          coords.GetCol(),
6236                          event ) )
6237         {
6238             // no default action at the moment
6239         }
6240     }
6241
6242     // ------------ Right double click
6243     //
6244     else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6245     {
6246         DisableCellEditControl();
6247         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK,
6248                          coords.GetRow(),
6249                          coords.GetCol(),
6250                          event ) )
6251         {
6252             // no default action at the moment
6253         }
6254     }
6255
6256     // ------------ Moving and no button action
6257     //
6258     else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() )
6259     {
6260         if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 )
6261         {
6262             // out of grid cell area
6263             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6264             return;
6265         }
6266
6267         int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
6268         int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
6269
6270         // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both
6271         // directions is not implemented yet...
6272         //
6273         if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 )
6274         {
6275             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6276             return;
6277         }
6278
6279         if ( dragRow >= 0 )
6280         {
6281             m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow;
6282
6283             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6284             {
6285                 if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6286                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, NULL, false);
6287             }
6288         }
6289         else if ( dragCol >= 0 )
6290         {
6291             m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
6292
6293             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6294             {
6295                 if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6296                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, NULL, false);
6297             }
6298         }
6299         else // Neither on a row or col edge
6300         {
6301             if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6302             {
6303                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6304             }
6305         }
6306     }
6307 }
6308
6309 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow()
6310 {
6311     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6312     {
6313         // erase the last line and resize the row
6314         //
6315         int cw, ch, left, dummy;
6316         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6317         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
6318
6319         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6320         PrepareDC( dc );
6321         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6322         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left + cw, m_dragLastPos );
6323         HideCellEditControl();
6324         SaveEditControlValue();
6325
6326         int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol);
6327         SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6328                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ) );
6329
6330         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6331         {
6332             // Only needed to get the correct rect.y:
6333             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) );
6334             rect.x = 0;
6335             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6336             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
6337             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6338             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6339             rect.width = cw;
6340
6341             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6342             if (m_table)
6343             {
6344                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_rows = 0;
6345                 int leftCol = XToCol(left);
6346                 int rightCol = internalXToCol(left + cw);
6347                 if (leftCol >= 0)
6348                 {
6349                     for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
6350                     {
6351                         GetCellSize(m_dragRowOrCol, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6352                         if (cell_rows < subtract_rows)
6353                             subtract_rows = cell_rows;
6354                     }
6355                     rect.y = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_rows);
6356                     CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6357                     rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6358                 }
6359             }
6360             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6361         }
6362
6363         ShowCellEditControl();
6364     }
6365 }
6366
6367
6368 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol()
6369 {
6370     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6371     {
6372         // erase the last line and resize the col
6373         //
6374         int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6375         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6376         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6377
6378         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6379         PrepareDC( dc );
6380         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6381         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6382         HideCellEditControl();
6383         SaveEditControlValue();
6384
6385         int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol);
6386         SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6387                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft,
6388                            GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) );
6389
6390         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6391         {
6392             // Only needed to get the correct rect.x:
6393             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) );
6394             rect.y = 0;
6395             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6396             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6397             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
6398             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6399             rect.height = ch;
6400
6401             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6402             if (m_table)
6403             {
6404                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_cols = 0;
6405                 int topRow = YToRow(top);
6406                 int bottomRow = internalYToRow(top + cw);
6407                 if (topRow >= 0)
6408                 {
6409                     for (i=topRow; i<bottomRow; i++)
6410                     {
6411                         GetCellSize(i, m_dragRowOrCol, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6412                         if (cell_cols < subtract_cols)
6413                             subtract_cols = cell_cols;
6414                     }
6415
6416                     rect.x = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_cols);
6417                     CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6418                     rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6419                 }
6420             }
6421
6422             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6423         }
6424
6425         ShowCellEditControl();
6426     }
6427 }
6428
6429 void wxGrid::DoEndDragMoveCol()
6430 {
6431     //The user clicked on the column but didn't actually drag
6432     if ( m_dragLastPos < 0 )
6433     {
6434         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();   //Do this to "unpress" the column
6435         return;
6436     }
6437
6438     int newPos;
6439     if ( m_moveToCol == -1 )
6440         newPos = m_numCols - 1;
6441     else
6442     {
6443         newPos = GetColPos( m_moveToCol );
6444         if ( newPos > GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) )
6445             newPos--;
6446     }
6447
6448     SetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol, newPos );
6449 }
6450
6451 void wxGrid::SetColPos( int colID, int newPos )
6452 {
6453     if ( m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
6454     {
6455         m_colAt.Alloc( m_numCols );
6456
6457         int i;
6458         for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
6459         {
6460             m_colAt.Add( i );
6461         }
6462     }
6463
6464     int oldPos = GetColPos( colID );
6465
6466     //Reshuffle the m_colAt array
6467     if ( newPos > oldPos )
6468     {
6469         int i;
6470         for ( i = oldPos; i < newPos; i++ )
6471         {
6472             m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i+1];
6473         }
6474     }
6475     else
6476     {
6477         int i;
6478         for ( i = oldPos; i > newPos; i-- )
6479         {
6480             m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i-1];
6481         }
6482     }
6483
6484     m_colAt[newPos] = colID;
6485
6486     //Recalculate the column rights
6487     if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6488     {
6489         int colRight = 0;
6490         int colPos;
6491         for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6492         {
6493             int colID = GetColAt( colPos );
6494
6495             colRight += m_colWidths[colID];
6496             m_colRights[colID] = colRight;
6497         }
6498     }
6499
6500     m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
6501     m_gridWin->Refresh();
6502 }
6503
6504
6505
6506 void wxGrid::EnableDragColMove( bool enable )
6507 {
6508     if ( m_canDragColMove == enable )
6509         return;
6510
6511     m_canDragColMove = enable;
6512
6513     if ( !m_canDragColMove )
6514     {
6515         m_colAt.Clear();
6516
6517         //Recalculate the column rights
6518         if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6519         {
6520             int colRight = 0;
6521             int colPos;
6522             for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6523             {
6524                 colRight += m_colWidths[colPos];
6525                 m_colRights[colPos] = colRight;
6526             }
6527         }
6528
6529         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
6530         m_gridWin->Refresh();
6531     }
6532 }
6533
6534
6535 //
6536 // ------ interaction with data model
6537 //
6538 bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
6539 {
6540     switch ( msg.GetId() )
6541     {
6542         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES:
6543             return GetModelValues();
6544
6545         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES:
6546             return SetModelValues();
6547
6548         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
6549         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
6550         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
6551         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
6552         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
6553         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
6554             return Redimension( msg );
6555
6556         default:
6557             return false;
6558     }
6559 }
6560
6561 // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class
6562 // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the
6563 // behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but
6564 // not to change the number of rows or cols.
6565 //
6566 void wxGrid::ClearGrid()
6567 {
6568     if ( m_table )
6569     {
6570         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6571             DisableCellEditControl();
6572
6573         m_table->Clear();
6574         if (!GetBatchCount())
6575             m_gridWin->Refresh();
6576     }
6577 }
6578
6579 bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6580 {
6581     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6582
6583     if ( !m_created )
6584     {
6585         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6586         return false;
6587     }
6588
6589     if ( m_table )
6590     {
6591         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6592             DisableCellEditControl();
6593
6594         bool done = m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows );
6595         return done;
6596
6597         // the table will have sent the results of the insert row
6598         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6599     }
6600
6601     return false;
6602 }
6603
6604 bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6605 {
6606     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6607
6608     if ( !m_created )
6609     {
6610         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6611         return false;
6612     }
6613
6614     if ( m_table )
6615     {
6616         bool done = m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows );
6617         return done;
6618
6619         // the table will have sent the results of the append row
6620         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6621     }
6622
6623     return false;
6624 }
6625
6626 bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6627 {
6628     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6629
6630     if ( !m_created )
6631     {
6632         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6633         return false;
6634     }
6635
6636     if ( m_table )
6637     {
6638         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6639             DisableCellEditControl();
6640
6641         bool done = m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows );
6642         return done;
6643         // the table will have sent the results of the delete row
6644         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6645     }
6646
6647     return false;
6648 }
6649
6650 bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6651 {
6652     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6653
6654     if ( !m_created )
6655     {
6656         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6657         return false;
6658     }
6659
6660     if ( m_table )
6661     {
6662         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6663             DisableCellEditControl();
6664
6665         bool done = m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols );
6666         return done;
6667         // the table will have sent the results of the insert col
6668         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6669     }
6670
6671     return false;
6672 }
6673
6674 bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6675 {
6676     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6677
6678     if ( !m_created )
6679     {
6680         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6681         return false;
6682     }
6683
6684     if ( m_table )
6685     {
6686         bool done = m_table->AppendCols( numCols );
6687         return done;
6688         // the table will have sent the results of the append col
6689         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6690     }
6691
6692     return false;
6693 }
6694
6695 bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6696 {
6697     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6698
6699     if ( !m_created )
6700     {
6701         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6702         return false;
6703     }
6704
6705     if ( m_table )
6706     {
6707         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6708             DisableCellEditControl();
6709
6710         bool done = m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols );
6711         return done;
6712         // the table will have sent the results of the delete col
6713         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6714     }
6715
6716     return false;
6717 }
6718
6719 //
6720 // ----- event handlers
6721 //
6722
6723 // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and
6724 // return the result of ProcessEvent()
6725 //
6726 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6727                         int row, int col,
6728                         wxMouseEvent& mouseEv )
6729 {
6730    bool claimed, vetoed;
6731
6732    if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6733    {
6734        int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6735
6736        wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6737                type,
6738                this,
6739                rowOrCol,
6740                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6741                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6742                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6743                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6744                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6745                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6746
6747        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6748        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6749    }
6750    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT )
6751    {
6752        // Right now, it should _never_ end up here!
6753        wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6754                type,
6755                this,
6756                m_selectingTopLeft,
6757                m_selectingBottomRight,
6758                true,
6759                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6760                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6761                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6762                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6763
6764        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6765        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6766    }
6767    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK ||
6768              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK ||
6769              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK ||
6770              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK )
6771    {
6772        wxPoint pos = mouseEv.GetPosition();
6773
6774        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridRowLabelWindow() )
6775            pos.y += GetColLabelSize();
6776        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridColLabelWindow() )
6777            pos.x += GetRowLabelSize();
6778
6779        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6780                type,
6781                this,
6782                row, col,
6783                pos.x,
6784                pos.y,
6785                false,
6786                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6787                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6788                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6789                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6790        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6791        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6792    }
6793    else
6794    {
6795        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6796                type,
6797                this,
6798                row, col,
6799                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6800                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6801                false,
6802                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6803                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6804                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6805                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6806        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6807        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6808    }
6809
6810    // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6811    if (vetoed)
6812        return -1;
6813
6814    return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6815 }
6816
6817 // Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result
6818 // of ProcessEvent().
6819 //
6820 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6821                         int row, int col )
6822 {
6823    bool claimed, vetoed;
6824
6825     if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6826     {
6827         int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6828
6829         wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, rowOrCol );
6830
6831         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6832         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6833     }
6834     else
6835     {
6836         wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col );
6837
6838         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6839         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6840      }
6841
6842     // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6843     if (vetoed)
6844         return -1;
6845
6846     return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6847 }
6848
6849 void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
6850 {
6851     // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW
6852     wxPaintDC dc(this);
6853 }
6854
6855 void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect)
6856 {
6857     // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch...
6858     // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway.
6859     if (! GetBatchCount())
6860     {
6861         // Refresh to get correct scrolled position:
6862         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect);
6863
6864         if (rect)
6865         {
6866             int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight;
6867             int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell;
6868             int x, y;
6869
6870             // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets..
6871             rect_x = rect->GetX();
6872             rect_y = rect->GetY();
6873             rectWidth = rect->GetWidth();
6874             rectHeight = rect->GetHeight();
6875
6876             width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x;
6877             if (width_label > rectWidth)
6878                 width_label = rectWidth;
6879
6880             height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y;
6881             if (height_label > rectHeight)
6882                 height_label = rectHeight;
6883
6884             if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth)
6885             {
6886                 x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth;
6887                 width_cell = rectWidth;
6888             }
6889             else
6890             {
6891                 x = 0;
6892                 width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x);
6893             }
6894
6895             if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight)
6896             {
6897                 y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight;
6898                 height_cell = rectHeight;
6899             }
6900             else
6901             {
6902                 y = 0;
6903                 height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y);
6904             }
6905
6906             // Paint corner label part intersecting rect.
6907             if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6908             {
6909                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label);
6910                 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6911             }
6912
6913             // Paint col labels part intersecting rect.
6914             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6915             {
6916                 wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label);
6917                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6918             }
6919
6920             // Paint row labels part intersecting rect.
6921             if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6922             {
6923                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell);
6924                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6925             }
6926
6927             // Paint cell area part intersecting rect.
6928             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6929             {
6930                 wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell);
6931                 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6932             }
6933         }
6934         else
6935         {
6936             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6937             m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6938             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6939             m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6940         }
6941     }
6942 }
6943
6944 void wxGrid::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
6945 {
6946     if (m_targetWindow != this) // check whether initialisation has been done
6947     {
6948         // update our children window positions and scrollbars
6949         CalcDimensions();
6950     }
6951 }
6952
6953 void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
6954 {
6955     if ( m_inOnKeyDown )
6956     {
6957         // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles...
6958         //
6959         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") );
6960     }
6961
6962     m_inOnKeyDown = true;
6963
6964     // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed
6965     wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
6966     wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event );
6967     keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent );
6968
6969     if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) )
6970     {
6971         if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
6972         {
6973             if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_RIGHT)
6974                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_LEFT;
6975             else if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_LEFT)
6976                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_RIGHT;
6977         }
6978
6979         // try local handlers
6980         switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
6981         {
6982             case WXK_UP:
6983                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6984                     MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6985                 else
6986                     MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() );
6987                 break;
6988
6989             case WXK_DOWN:
6990                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6991                     MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6992                 else
6993                     MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
6994                 break;
6995
6996             case WXK_LEFT:
6997                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6998                     MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6999                 else
7000                     MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() );
7001                 break;
7002
7003             case WXK_RIGHT:
7004                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7005                     MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7006                 else
7007                     MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() );
7008                 break;
7009
7010             case WXK_RETURN:
7011             case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
7012                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7013                 {
7014                     event.Skip();  // to let the edit control have the return
7015                 }
7016                 else
7017                 {
7018                     if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 )
7019                     {
7020                         MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
7021                     }
7022                     else
7023                     {
7024                         // at the bottom of a column
7025                         DisableCellEditControl();
7026                     }
7027                 }
7028                 break;
7029
7030             case WXK_ESCAPE:
7031                 ClearSelection();
7032                 break;
7033
7034             case WXK_TAB:
7035                 if (event.ShiftDown())
7036                 {
7037                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 )
7038                     {
7039                         MoveCursorLeft( false );
7040                     }
7041                     else
7042                     {
7043                         // at left of grid
7044                         DisableCellEditControl();
7045                     }
7046                 }
7047                 else
7048                 {
7049                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 )
7050                     {
7051                         MoveCursorRight( false );
7052                     }
7053                     else
7054                     {
7055                         // at right of grid
7056                         DisableCellEditControl();
7057                     }
7058                 }
7059                 break;
7060
7061             case WXK_HOME:
7062                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7063                 {
7064                     MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 );
7065                     SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
7066                 }
7067                 else
7068                 {
7069                     event.Skip();
7070                 }
7071                 break;
7072
7073             case WXK_END:
7074                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7075                 {
7076                     MakeCellVisible( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
7077                     SetCurrentCell( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
7078                 }
7079                 else
7080                 {
7081                     event.Skip();
7082                 }
7083                 break;
7084
7085             case WXK_PAGEUP:
7086                 MovePageUp();
7087                 break;
7088
7089             case WXK_PAGEDOWN:
7090                 MovePageDown();
7091                 break;
7092
7093             case WXK_SPACE:
7094                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7095                 {
7096                     if ( m_selection )
7097                     {
7098                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(
7099                             m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
7100                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
7101                             event.ControlDown(),
7102                             event.ShiftDown(),
7103                             event.AltDown(),
7104                             event.MetaDown() );
7105                     }
7106                     break;
7107                 }
7108
7109                 if ( !IsEditable() )
7110                     MoveCursorRight( false );
7111                 else
7112                     event.Skip();
7113                 break;
7114
7115             default:
7116                 event.Skip();
7117                 break;
7118         }
7119     }
7120
7121     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
7122 }
7123
7124 void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
7125 {
7126     // try local handlers
7127     //
7128     if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT )
7129     {
7130         if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7131              m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7132         {
7133             if ( m_selection )
7134             {
7135                 m_selection->SelectBlock(
7136                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
7137                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
7138                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
7139                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
7140                     event.ControlDown(),
7141                     true,
7142                     event.AltDown(),
7143                     event.MetaDown() );
7144             }
7145         }
7146
7147         m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7148         m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7149         m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7150     }
7151 }
7152
7153 void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
7154 {
7155     // is it possible to edit the current cell at all?
7156     if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() )
7157     {
7158         // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key
7159         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7160         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7161         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7162         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7163
7164         // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for
7165         // other keys - ask the editor itself
7166         if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers())
7167              || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) )
7168         {
7169             // ensure cell is visble
7170             MakeCellVisible(row, col);
7171             EnableCellEditControl();
7172
7173             // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely
7174             // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the
7175             // control is not created and calling StartingKey will
7176             // crash the app
7177             if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
7178                 editor->StartingKey(event);
7179         }
7180         else
7181         {
7182             event.Skip();
7183         }
7184
7185         editor->DecRef();
7186         attr->DecRef();
7187     }
7188     else
7189     {
7190         event.Skip();
7191     }
7192 }
7193
7194 void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&)
7195 {
7196 }
7197
7198 void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7199 {
7200     if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) )
7201     {
7202         // the event has been intercepted - do nothing
7203         return;
7204     }
7205
7206 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7207     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7208     PrepareDC( dc );
7209 #endif
7210
7211     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7212     {
7213         DisableCellEditControl();
7214
7215         if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
7216         {
7217             wxRect r;
7218             r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords );
7219             if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
7220             {
7221                 r.x--;
7222                 r.y--;
7223                 r.width++;
7224                 r.height++;
7225             }
7226
7227             wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r );
7228
7229             // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight!
7230             m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7231
7232 #if defined(__WXMAC__)
7233             m_gridWin->Refresh(true /*, & r */);
7234 #else
7235             DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells );
7236             DrawAllGridLines( dc, r );
7237 #endif
7238         }
7239     }
7240
7241     m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7242
7243     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords );
7244 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7245     DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr );
7246 #endif
7247     attr->DecRef();
7248 }
7249
7250 void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol )
7251 {
7252     int temp;
7253     wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight;
7254
7255     if ( m_selection )
7256     {
7257         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
7258         {
7259             leftCol = 0;
7260             rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1;
7261         }
7262         else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
7263         {
7264             topRow = 0;
7265             bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1;
7266         }
7267     }
7268
7269     if ( topRow > bottomRow )
7270     {
7271         temp = topRow;
7272         topRow = bottomRow;
7273         bottomRow = temp;
7274     }
7275
7276     if ( leftCol > rightCol )
7277     {
7278         temp = leftCol;
7279         leftCol = rightCol;
7280         rightCol = temp;
7281     }
7282
7283     updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol );
7284     updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol );
7285
7286     // First the case that we selected a completely new area
7287     if ( m_selectingTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords ||
7288          m_selectingBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords )
7289     {
7290         wxRect rect;
7291         rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ),
7292                                   wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
7293         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
7294     }
7295
7296     // Now handle changing an existing selection area.
7297     else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft ||
7298               m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight )
7299     {
7300         // Compute two optimal update rectangles:
7301         // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the
7302         // other, or they are (almost) disjoint!
7303         wxRect  rect[4];
7304         bool    need_refresh[4];
7305         need_refresh[0] =
7306         need_refresh[1] =
7307         need_refresh[2] =
7308         need_refresh[3] = false;
7309         int     i;
7310
7311         // Store intermediate values
7312         wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol();
7313         wxCoord oldTop = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow();
7314         wxCoord oldRight = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol();
7315         wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow();
7316
7317         // Determine the outer/inner coordinates.
7318         if (oldLeft > leftCol)
7319         {
7320             temp = oldLeft;
7321             oldLeft = leftCol;
7322             leftCol = temp;
7323         }
7324         if (oldTop > topRow )
7325         {
7326             temp = oldTop;
7327             oldTop = topRow;
7328             topRow = temp;
7329         }
7330         if (oldRight < rightCol )
7331         {
7332             temp = oldRight;
7333             oldRight = rightCol;
7334             rightCol = temp;
7335         }
7336         if (oldBottom < bottomRow)
7337         {
7338             temp = oldBottom;
7339             oldBottom = bottomRow;
7340             bottomRow = temp;
7341         }
7342
7343         // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer
7344         // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one
7345         // is contained in the other.
7346
7347         if ( oldLeft < leftCol )
7348         {
7349             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7350             // area to the left of the old or new selection.
7351             need_refresh[0] = true;
7352             rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7353                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop,  oldLeft ),
7354                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) );
7355         }
7356
7357         if ( oldTop < topRow )
7358         {
7359             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7360             // area above the old or new selection.
7361             need_refresh[1] = true;
7362             rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7363                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ),
7364                 wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) );
7365         }
7366
7367         if ( oldRight > rightCol )
7368         {
7369             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7370             // area to the right of the old or new selection.
7371             need_refresh[2] = true;
7372             rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7373                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ),
7374                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) );
7375         }
7376
7377         if ( oldBottom > bottomRow )
7378         {
7379             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7380             // area below the old or new selection.
7381             need_refresh[3] = true;
7382             rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7383                 wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ),
7384                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) );
7385         }
7386
7387         // various Refresh() calls
7388         for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
7389             if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect )
7390                 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) );
7391     }
7392
7393     // change selection
7394     m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft;
7395     m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight;
7396 }
7397
7398 //
7399 // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions)
7400 //
7401
7402 bool wxGrid::GetModelValues()
7403 {
7404     // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7405     HideCellEditControl();
7406
7407     if ( m_table )
7408     {
7409         // all we need to do is repaint the grid
7410         //
7411         m_gridWin->Refresh();
7412         return true;
7413     }
7414
7415     return false;
7416 }
7417
7418 bool wxGrid::SetModelValues()
7419 {
7420     int row, col;
7421
7422     // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7423     // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first?
7424     // I think so ...
7425     DisableCellEditControl();
7426
7427     if ( m_table )
7428     {
7429         for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
7430         {
7431             for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
7432             {
7433                 m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) );
7434             }
7435         }
7436
7437         return true;
7438     }
7439
7440     return false;
7441 }
7442
7443 // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of
7444 // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by
7445 // CalcExposedCells)
7446 //
7447 void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
7448 {
7449     if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7450         return;
7451
7452     int i, numCells = cells.GetCount();
7453     int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7454     wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells;
7455
7456     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7457     {
7458         row = cells[i].GetRow();
7459         col = cells[i].GetCol();
7460         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7461
7462         // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint
7463         if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
7464         {
7465             wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols );
7466             bool marked = false;
7467             for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ )
7468             {
7469                 if ( cell == cells[j] )
7470                 {
7471                     marked = true;
7472                     break;
7473                 }
7474             }
7475
7476             if (!marked)
7477             {
7478                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7479                 for (int j = 0; j < count; j++)
7480                 {
7481                     if ( cell == redrawCells[j] )
7482                     {
7483                         marked = true;
7484                         break;
7485                     }
7486                 }
7487
7488                 if (!marked)
7489                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7490             }
7491
7492             // don't bother drawing this cell
7493             continue;
7494         }
7495
7496         // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow
7497         if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col))
7498         {
7499             for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ )
7500             {
7501                 // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint
7502                 int left = col;
7503                 for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++)
7504                     if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) &&
7505                         (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row))
7506                     {
7507                         left = redrawCells[k].GetCol();
7508                     }
7509
7510                 if (left == col)
7511                     left = 0; // oh well
7512
7513                 for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--)
7514                 {
7515                     if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j))
7516                     {
7517                         if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j))
7518                         {
7519                             wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j);
7520                             bool marked = false;
7521
7522                             for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++)
7523                             {
7524                                 if ( cell == cells[k] )
7525                                 {
7526                                     marked = true;
7527                                     break;
7528                                 }
7529                             }
7530
7531                             if (!marked)
7532                             {
7533                                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7534                                 for (int k = 0; k < count; k++)
7535                                 {
7536                                     if ( cell == redrawCells[k] )
7537                                     {
7538                                         marked = true;
7539                                         break;
7540                                     }
7541                                 }
7542                                 if (!marked)
7543                                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7544                             }
7545                         }
7546                         break;
7547                     }
7548                 }
7549             }
7550         }
7551
7552         DrawCell( dc, cells[i] );
7553     }
7554
7555     numCells = redrawCells.GetCount();
7556
7557     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7558     {
7559         DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] );
7560     }
7561 }
7562
7563 void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc )
7564 {
7565   int cw, ch;
7566   m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
7567
7568   int right, bottom;
7569   CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7570
7571   int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) : 0;
7572   int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
7573
7574   if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow )
7575   {
7576       int left, top;
7577       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7578
7579       dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) );
7580       dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
7581
7582       if ( right > rightCol )
7583       {
7584           dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch );
7585       }
7586
7587       if ( bottom > bottomRow )
7588       {
7589           dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow );
7590       }
7591   }
7592 }
7593
7594 void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7595 {
7596     int row = coords.GetRow();
7597     int col = coords.GetCol();
7598
7599     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7600         return;
7601
7602     // we draw the cell border ourselves
7603 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7604     if ( m_gridLinesEnabled )
7605         DrawCellBorder( dc, coords );
7606 #endif
7607
7608     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7609
7610     bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords;
7611
7612     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7613
7614     // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer
7615     // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden!
7616     if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() )
7617     {
7618         // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the
7619         // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered.
7620         // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered
7621         // implicitly, causing this out-of order render.
7622 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7623         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7624         editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr);
7625         editor->DecRef();
7626 #endif
7627     }
7628     else
7629     {
7630         // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized
7631         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
7632         renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords));
7633         renderer->DecRef();
7634     }
7635
7636     attr->DecRef();
7637 }
7638
7639 void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr )
7640 {
7641     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7642     int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7643
7644     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7645         return;
7646
7647     wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
7648
7649     // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled?
7650     // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but
7651     // it doesn't look really good
7652
7653     int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth;
7654
7655     if (penWidth > 0)
7656     {
7657         // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of
7658         // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the
7659         // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of
7660         // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then
7661         // please #ifdef this appropriately.
7662         rect.x += penWidth / 2;
7663         rect.y += penWidth / 2;
7664         rect.width -= penWidth - 1;
7665         rect.height -= penWidth - 1;
7666
7667         // Now draw the rectangle
7668         // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this
7669         // will ensure the cell is always visible.
7670         dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground : m_cellHighlightColour, penWidth, wxSOLID));
7671         dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
7672         dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
7673     }
7674
7675 #if 0
7676         // VZ: my experiments with 3D borders...
7677
7678         // how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg?
7679         wxCoord x1 = rect.x,
7680                 y1 = rect.y,
7681                 x2 = rect.x + rect.width - 1,
7682                 y2 = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
7683
7684         dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
7685         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1);
7686         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2);
7687
7688         dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1);
7689         dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2);
7690
7691         dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN);
7692         dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2);
7693         dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2 + 1);
7694 #endif
7695 }
7696
7697 wxPen wxGrid::GetDefaultGridLinePen()
7698 {
7699     return wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID);
7700 }
7701
7702 wxPen wxGrid::GetRowGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(row))
7703 {
7704     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
7705 }
7706
7707 wxPen wxGrid::GetColGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(col))
7708 {
7709     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
7710 }
7711
7712 void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7713 {
7714     int row = coords.GetRow();
7715     int col = coords.GetCol();
7716     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7717         return;
7718
7719
7720     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7721
7722     // right hand border
7723     dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(col) );
7724     dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y,
7725                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 );
7726
7727     // bottom border
7728     dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(row) );
7729     dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height,
7730                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
7731 }
7732
7733 void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells)
7734 {
7735     // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't
7736     // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB
7737     //
7738     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7739          m_numRows && m_numCols )
7740     {
7741         m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0);
7742     }
7743
7744     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
7745     {
7746         // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown
7747         return;
7748     }
7749
7750     // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it
7751     // might have been damaged by the grid lines
7752     size_t count = cells.GetCount();
7753     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
7754     {
7755         if ( cells[n] == m_currentCellCoords )
7756         {
7757             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7758             DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
7759             attr->DecRef();
7760
7761             break;
7762         }
7763     }
7764 }
7765
7766 // TODO: remove this ???
7767 // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour
7768 // has been changed
7769 //
7770 void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) )
7771 {
7772 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7773     return;
7774 #endif
7775
7776     if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled || !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7777          return;
7778
7779     int top, bottom, left, right;
7780
7781 #if 0  //#ifndef __WXGTK__
7782     if (reg.IsEmpty())
7783     {
7784       int cw, ch;
7785       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7786
7787       // virtual coords of visible area
7788       //
7789       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7790       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7791     }
7792     else
7793     {
7794       wxCoord x, y, w, h;
7795       reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h);
7796       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top );
7797       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom );
7798     }
7799 #else
7800       int cw, ch;
7801       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7802       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7803       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7804 #endif
7805
7806     // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col
7807     //
7808     right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) );
7809     bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) );
7810
7811     // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out
7812     int leftCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) );
7813     int topRow = internalYToRow(top);
7814     int rightCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(right) );
7815     int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom);
7816
7817     wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch);
7818
7819     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7820     wxRect rect;
7821
7822     for (j=topRow; j<=bottomRow; j++)
7823     {
7824         int colPos;
7825         for (colPos=leftCol; colPos<=rightCol; colPos++)
7826         {
7827             i = GetColAt( colPos );
7828
7829             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7830             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7831             {
7832                 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
7833                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7834                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7835             }
7836             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7837             {
7838                 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
7839                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7840                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7841             }
7842         }
7843     }
7844
7845     dc.SetClippingRegion( clippedcells );
7846
7847
7848     // horizontal grid lines
7849     //
7850     // already declared above - int i;
7851     for ( i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ )
7852     {
7853         int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1;
7854
7855         if ( bot > bottom )
7856         {
7857             break;
7858         }
7859
7860         if ( bot >= top )
7861         {
7862             dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(i) );
7863             dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot );
7864         }
7865     }
7866
7867     // vertical grid lines
7868     //
7869     int colPos;
7870     for ( colPos = leftCol; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
7871     {
7872         i = GetColAt( colPos );
7873
7874         int colRight = GetColRight(i);
7875 #ifdef __WXGTK__
7876         if (GetLayoutDirection() != wxLayout_RightToLeft)
7877 #endif
7878             colRight--;
7879
7880         if ( colRight > right )
7881         {
7882             break;
7883         }
7884
7885         if ( colRight >= left )
7886         {
7887             dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(i) );
7888             dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom );
7889         }
7890     }
7891
7892     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
7893 }
7894
7895 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows)
7896 {
7897     if ( !m_numRows )
7898         return;
7899
7900     size_t i;
7901     size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount();
7902
7903     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7904     {
7905         DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] );
7906     }
7907 }
7908
7909 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row )
7910 {
7911     if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 )
7912         return;
7913
7914     wxRect rect;
7915
7916     int rowTop = GetRowTop(row),
7917         rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1;
7918
7919     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) );
7920     dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowBottom );
7921     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom );
7922     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth, rowBottom );
7923
7924     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7925     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, 1, rowBottom );
7926     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop );
7927
7928     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
7929     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7930     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7931
7932     int hAlign, vAlign;
7933     GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7934
7935     rect.SetX( 2 );
7936     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 );
7937     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 );
7938     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 );
7939     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign );
7940 }
7941
7942 void wxGrid::SetUseNativeColLabels( bool native )
7943 {
7944     m_nativeColumnLabels = native;
7945     if (native)
7946     {
7947         int height = wxRendererNative::Get().GetHeaderButtonHeight( this );
7948         SetColLabelSize( height );
7949     }
7950
7951     m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
7952 }
7953
7954 void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols )
7955 {
7956     if ( !m_numCols )
7957         return;
7958
7959     size_t i;
7960     size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount();
7961
7962     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7963     {
7964         DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] );
7965     }
7966 }
7967
7968 void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col )
7969 {
7970     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 )
7971         return;
7972
7973     int colLeft = GetColLeft(col);
7974
7975     wxRect rect;
7976
7977     if (m_nativeColumnLabels)
7978     {
7979         rect.SetX( colLeft);
7980         rect.SetY( 0 );
7981         rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col));
7982         rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight );
7983
7984         wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
7985         wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->GetWindow(), dc, rect, 0 );
7986     }
7987     else
7988     {
7989         int colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1;
7990
7991         dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) );
7992         dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0, colRight, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7993         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 );
7994         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1,
7995                  colRight + 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7996
7997         dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7998         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7999         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
8000     }
8001
8002     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
8003     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
8004     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
8005
8006     int hAlign, vAlign, orient;
8007     GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
8008     orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation();
8009
8010     rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 );
8011     rect.SetY( 2 );
8012     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 );
8013     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 );
8014     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient );
8015 }
8016
8017 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
8018                                 const wxString& value,
8019                                 const wxRect& rect,
8020                                 int horizAlign,
8021                                 int vertAlign,
8022                                 int textOrientation )
8023 {
8024     wxArrayString lines;
8025
8026     StringToLines( value, lines );
8027
8028     // Forward to new API.
8029     DrawTextRectangle( dc,
8030         lines,
8031         rect,
8032         horizAlign,
8033         vertAlign,
8034         textOrientation );
8035 }
8036
8037 // VZ: this should be replaced with wxDC::DrawLabel() to which we just have to
8038 //     add textOrientation support
8039 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle(wxDC& dc,
8040                                const wxArrayString& lines,
8041                                const wxRect& rect,
8042                                int horizAlign,
8043                                int vertAlign,
8044                                int textOrientation)
8045 {
8046     if ( lines.empty() )
8047         return;
8048
8049     wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect);
8050
8051     long textWidth,
8052          textHeight;
8053
8054     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8055         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight );
8056     else
8057         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth );
8058
8059     int x = 0,
8060         y = 0;
8061     switch ( vertAlign )
8062     {
8063         case wxALIGN_BOTTOM:
8064             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8065                 y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1);
8066             else
8067                 x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth;
8068             break;
8069
8070         case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
8071             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8072                 y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2);
8073             else
8074                 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2);
8075             break;
8076
8077         case wxALIGN_TOP:
8078         default:
8079             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8080                 y = rect.y + 1;
8081             else
8082                 x = rect.x + 1;
8083             break;
8084     }
8085
8086     // Align each line of a multi-line label
8087     size_t nLines = lines.GetCount();
8088     for ( size_t l = 0; l < nLines; l++ )
8089     {
8090         const wxString& line = lines[l];
8091
8092         if ( line.empty() )
8093         {
8094             *(textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? &y : &x) += dc.GetCharHeight();
8095             continue;
8096         }
8097
8098         wxCoord lineWidth = 0,
8099              lineHeight = 0;
8100         dc.GetTextExtent(line, &lineWidth, &lineHeight);
8101
8102         switch ( horizAlign )
8103         {
8104             case wxALIGN_RIGHT:
8105                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8106                     x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1);
8107                 else
8108                     y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1;
8109                 break;
8110
8111             case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
8112                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8113                     x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2);
8114                 else
8115                     y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2);
8116                 break;
8117
8118             case wxALIGN_LEFT:
8119             default:
8120                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8121                     x = rect.x + 1;
8122                 else
8123                     y = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
8124                 break;
8125         }
8126
8127         if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8128         {
8129             dc.DrawText( line, x, y );
8130             y += lineHeight;
8131         }
8132         else
8133         {
8134             dc.DrawRotatedText( line, x, y, 90.0 );
8135             x += lineHeight;
8136         }
8137     }
8138 }
8139
8140 // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings.
8141 // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved.
8142 //
8143 void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) const
8144 {
8145     int startPos = 0;
8146     int pos;
8147     wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix );
8148     wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix );
8149
8150     while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
8151     {
8152         pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol );
8153         if ( pos < 0 )
8154         {
8155             break;
8156         }
8157         else if ( pos == 0 )
8158         {
8159             lines.Add( wxEmptyString );
8160         }
8161         else
8162         {
8163             lines.Add( value.Mid(startPos, pos) );
8164         }
8165
8166         startPos += pos + 1;
8167     }
8168
8169     if ( startPos < (int)value.length() )
8170     {
8171         lines.Add( value.Mid( startPos ) );
8172     }
8173 }
8174
8175 void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc,
8176                              const wxArrayString& lines,
8177                              long *width, long *height ) const
8178 {
8179     wxCoord w = 0;
8180     wxCoord h = 0;
8181     wxCoord lineW = 0, lineH = 0;
8182
8183     size_t i;
8184     for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ )
8185     {
8186         dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH );
8187         w = wxMax( w, lineW );
8188         h += lineH;
8189     }
8190
8191     *width = w;
8192     *height = h;
8193 }
8194
8195 //
8196 // ------ Batch processing.
8197 //
8198 void wxGrid::EndBatch()
8199 {
8200     if ( m_batchCount > 0 )
8201     {
8202         m_batchCount--;
8203         if ( !m_batchCount )
8204         {
8205             CalcDimensions();
8206             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8207             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8208             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
8209             m_gridWin->Refresh();
8210         }
8211     }
8212 }
8213
8214 // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate
8215 // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a
8216 // BeginBatch / EndBatch block.
8217 //
8218 void wxGrid::ForceRefresh()
8219 {
8220     BeginBatch();
8221     EndBatch();
8222 }
8223
8224 bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable)
8225 {
8226     if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) )
8227         return false;
8228
8229     // redraw in the new state
8230     m_gridWin->Refresh();
8231
8232     return true;
8233 }
8234
8235 //
8236 // ------ Edit control functions
8237 //
8238
8239 void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit )
8240 {
8241     // TODO: improve this ?
8242     //
8243     if ( edit != m_editable )
8244     {
8245         if (!edit)
8246             EnableCellEditControl(edit);
8247         m_editable = edit;
8248     }
8249 }
8250
8251 void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable )
8252 {
8253     if (! m_editable)
8254         return;
8255
8256     if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8257     {
8258         if ( enable )
8259         {
8260             if (SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) <0)
8261                 return;
8262
8263             // this should be checked by the caller!
8264             wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") );
8265
8266             // do it before ShowCellEditControl()
8267             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8268
8269             ShowCellEditControl();
8270         }
8271         else
8272         {
8273             //FIXME:add veto support
8274             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN );
8275
8276             HideCellEditControl();
8277             SaveEditControlValue();
8278
8279             // do it after HideCellEditControl()
8280             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8281         }
8282     }
8283 }
8284
8285 bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const
8286 {
8287     // const_cast
8288     wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
8289     bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly();
8290     attr->DecRef();
8291
8292     return readonly;
8293 }
8294
8295 bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const
8296 {
8297     return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) &&
8298         !IsCurrentCellReadOnly();
8299 }
8300
8301 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const
8302 {
8303     // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the
8304     // current one if it's read only
8305     return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false;
8306 }
8307
8308 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const
8309 {
8310     bool isShown = false;
8311
8312     if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8313     {
8314         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8315         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8316         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8317         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col);
8318         attr->DecRef();
8319
8320         if ( editor )
8321         {
8322             if ( editor->IsCreated() )
8323             {
8324                 isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown();
8325             }
8326
8327             editor->DecRef();
8328         }
8329     }
8330
8331     return isShown;
8332 }
8333
8334 void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
8335 {
8336     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8337     {
8338         if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
8339         {
8340             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
8341             return;
8342         }
8343         else
8344         {
8345             wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords );
8346             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8347             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8348
8349             // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft)
8350             int cell_rows, cell_cols;
8351             GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8352             if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
8353             {
8354                 row += cell_rows;
8355                 col += cell_cols;
8356                 m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row );
8357                 m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col );
8358             }
8359
8360             // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor
8361             // might not cover the entire cell
8362             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
8363             PrepareDC( dc );
8364             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8365             dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID));
8366             dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
8367             dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
8368
8369             // convert to scrolled coords
8370             CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8371
8372             int nXMove = 0;
8373             if (rect.x < 0)
8374                 nXMove = rect.x;
8375
8376             // cell is shifted by one pixel
8377             // However, don't allow x or y to become negative
8378             // since the SetSize() method interprets that as
8379             // "don't change."
8380             if (rect.x > 0)
8381                 rect.x--;
8382             if (rect.y > 0)
8383                 rect.y--;
8384
8385             wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8386             if ( !editor->IsCreated() )
8387             {
8388                 editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY,
8389                                new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor));
8390
8391                 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(),
8392                                              wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,
8393                                              this,
8394                                              row,
8395                                              col,
8396                                              editor->GetControl());
8397                 GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);
8398             }
8399
8400             // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed
8401             int maxWidth = rect.width;
8402             wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col);
8403             if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) )
8404             {
8405                 int y;
8406                 GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont());
8407                 if (maxWidth < rect.width)
8408                     maxWidth = rect.width;
8409             }
8410
8411             int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
8412             if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right)
8413                 maxWidth = client_right - rect.x;
8414
8415             if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table)
8416             {
8417                 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8418                 // may have changed earlier
8419                 for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++)
8420                 {
8421                     int c_rows, c_cols;
8422                     GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols );
8423
8424                     // looks weird going over a multicell
8425                     if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) &&
8426                             (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1))
8427                     {
8428                         rect.width += GetColWidth( i );
8429                     }
8430                     else
8431                         break;
8432                 }
8433
8434                 if (rect.GetRight() > client_right)
8435                     rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 );
8436             }
8437
8438             editor->SetCellAttr( attr );
8439             editor->SetSize( rect );
8440             if (nXMove != 0)
8441                 editor->GetControl()->Move(
8442                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove,
8443                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y );
8444             editor->Show( true, attr );
8445
8446             // recalc dimensions in case we need to
8447             // expand the scrolled window to account for editor
8448             CalcDimensions();
8449
8450             editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this);
8451             editor->SetCellAttr(NULL);
8452
8453             editor->DecRef();
8454             attr->DecRef();
8455         }
8456     }
8457 }
8458
8459 void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl()
8460 {
8461     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8462     {
8463         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8464         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8465
8466         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8467         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8468         editor->Show( false );
8469         editor->DecRef();
8470         attr->DecRef();
8471
8472         m_gridWin->SetFocus();
8473
8474         // refresh whole row to the right
8475         wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) );
8476         CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8477         rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x;
8478
8479 #ifdef __WXMAC__
8480         // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well
8481         rect.Inflate(10, 10);
8482 #endif
8483
8484         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
8485     }
8486 }
8487
8488 void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue()
8489 {
8490     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8491     {
8492         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8493         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8494
8495         wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col);
8496
8497         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8498         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8499         bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this);
8500
8501         editor->DecRef();
8502         attr->DecRef();
8503
8504         if (changed)
8505         {
8506             if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE,
8507                        m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8508                        m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < 0 )
8509             {
8510                 // Event has been vetoed, set the data back.
8511                 SetCellValue(row, col, oldval);
8512             }
8513         }
8514     }
8515 }
8516
8517 //
8518 // ------ Grid location functions
8519 //  Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of
8520 //  grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device
8521 //  coordinates for mouse events etc.
8522 //
8523
8524 void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords ) const
8525 {
8526     int row = YToRow(y);
8527     int col = XToCol(x);
8528
8529     if ( row == -1 || col == -1 )
8530     {
8531         coords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
8532     }
8533     else
8534     {
8535         coords.Set( row, col );
8536     }
8537 }
8538
8539 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
8540 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
8541 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
8542 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
8543
8544 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
8545                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
8546                            bool clipToMinMax)
8547 {
8548     if (coord < 0)
8549         return clipToMinMax && (nMax > 0) ? 0 : -1;
8550
8551     if (!defaultDist)
8552         defaultDist = 1;
8553
8554     size_t i_max = coord / defaultDist,
8555            i_min = 0;
8556
8557     if (BorderArray.IsEmpty())
8558     {
8559         if ((int) i_max < nMax)
8560             return i_max;
8561         return clipToMinMax ? nMax - 1 : -1;
8562     }
8563
8564     if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8565     {
8566         i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8567     }
8568     else
8569     {
8570         if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8571         {
8572             i_min = i_max;
8573             if (minDist)
8574                 i_max = coord / minDist;
8575             else
8576                 i_max =  BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8577         }
8578
8579         if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8580             i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8581     }
8582
8583     if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8584         return clipToMinMax ? (int)i_max : -1;
8585     if ( coord < BorderArray[0] )
8586         return 0;
8587
8588     while ( i_max - i_min > 0 )
8589     {
8590         wxCHECK_MSG(BorderArray[i_min] <= coord && coord < BorderArray[i_max],
8591                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in CoordToRowOrCol"));
8592         if (coord >=  BorderArray[ i_max - 1])
8593             return i_max;
8594         else
8595             i_max--;
8596         int median = i_min + (i_max - i_min + 1) / 2;
8597         if (coord < BorderArray[median])
8598             i_max = median;
8599         else
8600             i_min = median;
8601     }
8602
8603     return i_max;
8604 }
8605
8606 int wxGrid::YToRow( int y ) const
8607 {
8608     return CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight,
8609                            m_minAcceptableRowHeight, m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, false);
8610 }
8611
8612 int wxGrid::XToCol( int x, bool clipToMinMax ) const
8613 {
8614     if (x < 0)
8615         return clipToMinMax && (m_numCols > 0) ? GetColAt( 0 ) : -1;
8616
8617     wxASSERT_MSG(m_defaultColWidth > 0, wxT("Default column width can not be zero"));
8618
8619     int maxPos = x / m_defaultColWidth;
8620     int minPos = 0;
8621
8622     if (m_colRights.IsEmpty())
8623     {
8624         if(maxPos < m_numCols)
8625             return GetColAt( maxPos );
8626         return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) : -1;
8627     }
8628
8629     if ( maxPos >= m_numCols)
8630         maxPos = m_numCols - 1;
8631     else
8632     {
8633         if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )])
8634         {
8635             minPos = maxPos;
8636             if (m_minAcceptableColWidth)
8637                 maxPos = x / m_minAcceptableColWidth;
8638             else
8639                 maxPos =  m_numCols - 1;
8640         }
8641         if ( maxPos >= m_numCols)
8642             maxPos = m_numCols - 1;
8643     }
8644
8645     //X is beyond the last column
8646     if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )])
8647         return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( maxPos ) : -1;
8648
8649     //X is before the first column
8650     if ( x < m_colRights[GetColAt( 0 )] )
8651         return GetColAt( 0 );
8652
8653     //Perform a binary search
8654     while ( maxPos - minPos > 0 )
8655     {
8656         wxCHECK_MSG(m_colRights[GetColAt( minPos )] <= x && x < m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )],
8657                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in XToCol"));
8658
8659         if (x >=  m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos - 1 )])
8660             return GetColAt( maxPos );
8661         else
8662             maxPos--;
8663         int median = minPos + (maxPos - minPos + 1) / 2;
8664         if (x < m_colRights[GetColAt( median )])
8665             maxPos = median;
8666         else
8667             minPos = median;
8668     }
8669     return GetColAt( maxPos );
8670 }
8671
8672 // return the row number that that the y coord is near
8673 //  the edge of, or -1 if not near an edge.
8674 // coords can only possibly be near an edge if
8675 //    (a) the row/column is large enough to still allow for an "inner" area
8676 //        that is _not_ nead the edge (i.e., if the height/width is smaller
8677 //        than WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE, coords are _never_ considered to be
8678 //        near the edge).
8679 //   and
8680 //    (b) resizing rows/columns (the thing for which edge detection is
8681 //        relevant at all) is enabled.
8682 //
8683 int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y ) const
8684 {
8685     int i;
8686     i = internalYToRow(y);
8687
8688     if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE && CanDragRowSize() )
8689     {
8690         // We know that we are in row i, test whether we are
8691         // close enough to lower or upper border, respectively.
8692         if ( abs(GetRowBottom(i) - y) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8693             return i;
8694         else if ( i > 0 && y - GetRowTop(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8695             return i - 1;
8696     }
8697
8698     return -1;
8699 }
8700
8701 // return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or
8702 // -1 if not near an edge
8703 // See comment at YToEdgeOfRow for conditions on edge detection.
8704 //
8705 int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x ) const
8706 {
8707     int i;
8708     i = internalXToCol(x);
8709
8710     if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE && CanDragColSize() )
8711     {
8712         // We know that we are in column i; test whether we are
8713         // close enough to right or left border, respectively.
8714         if ( abs(GetColRight(i) - x) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8715             return i;
8716         else if ( i > 0 && x - GetColLeft(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8717             return i - 1;
8718     }
8719
8720     return -1;
8721 }
8722
8723 wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) const
8724 {
8725     wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
8726
8727     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8728          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8729     {
8730         int i, cell_rows, cell_cols;
8731         rect.width = rect.height = 0;
8732         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8733         // if negative then find multicell owner
8734         if (cell_rows < 0)
8735             row += cell_rows;
8736         if (cell_cols < 0)
8737              col += cell_cols;
8738         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8739
8740         rect.x = GetColLeft(col);
8741         rect.y = GetRowTop(row);
8742         for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
8743             rect.width += GetColWidth(i);
8744         for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++)
8745             rect.height += GetRowHeight(i);
8746     }
8747
8748     // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller
8749     if (m_gridLinesEnabled)
8750     {
8751         rect.width -= 1;
8752         rect.height -= 1;
8753     }
8754
8755     return rect;
8756 }
8757
8758 bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) const
8759 {
8760     // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8761     //
8762     wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8763
8764     // convert to device coords
8765     //
8766     int left, top, right, bottom;
8767     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8768     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8769
8770     // check against the client area of the grid window
8771     int cw, ch;
8772     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8773
8774     if ( wholeCellVisible )
8775     {
8776         // is the cell wholly visible ?
8777         return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw &&
8778                  top >= 0 && bottom <= ch );
8779     }
8780     else
8781     {
8782         // is the cell partly visible ?
8783         //
8784         return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) &&
8785                  ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) );
8786     }
8787 }
8788
8789 // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount
8790 // of scrolling
8791 //
8792 void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col )
8793 {
8794     int i;
8795     int xpos = -1, ypos = -1;
8796
8797     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8798          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8799     {
8800         // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8801         wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8802
8803         // convert to device coords
8804         int left, top, right, bottom;
8805         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8806         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8807
8808         int cw, ch;
8809         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8810
8811         if ( top < 0 )
8812         {
8813             ypos = r.GetTop();
8814         }
8815         else if ( bottom > ch )
8816         {
8817             int h = r.GetHeight();
8818             ypos = r.GetTop();
8819             for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
8820             {
8821                 int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i);
8822                 if ( h + rowHeight > ch )
8823                     break;
8824
8825                 h += rowHeight;
8826                 ypos -= rowHeight;
8827             }
8828
8829             // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't
8830             // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do,
8831             // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn)
8832             //
8833             // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough,
8834             // so just add a full scroll unit...
8835             ypos += m_scrollLineY;
8836         }
8837
8838         // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell!
8839         // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between
8840         // left and right part of the cell on every step!
8841 //      if ( left < 0 )
8842         if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw )
8843         {
8844             xpos = r.GetLeft();
8845         }
8846         else if ( right > cw )
8847         {
8848             // position the view so that the cell is on the right
8849             int x0, y0;
8850             CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0);
8851             xpos = x0 + (right - cw);
8852
8853             // see comment for ypos above
8854             xpos += m_scrollLineX;
8855         }
8856
8857         if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 )
8858         {
8859             if ( xpos != -1 )
8860                 xpos /= m_scrollLineX;
8861             if ( ypos != -1 )
8862                 ypos /= m_scrollLineY;
8863             Scroll( xpos, ypos );
8864             AdjustScrollbars();
8865         }
8866     }
8867 }
8868
8869 //
8870 // ------ Grid cursor movement functions
8871 //
8872
8873 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection )
8874 {
8875     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8876          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= 0 )
8877     {
8878         if ( expandSelection )
8879         {
8880             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8881                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8882             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() > 0 )
8883             {
8884                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 );
8885                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8886                                  m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8887                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8888             }
8889         }
8890         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8891         {
8892             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1;
8893             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8894             ClearSelection();
8895             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8896             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8897         }
8898         else
8899             return false;
8900
8901         return true;
8902     }
8903
8904     return false;
8905 }
8906
8907 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection )
8908 {
8909     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8910          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows )
8911     {
8912         if ( expandSelection )
8913         {
8914             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8915                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8916             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8917             {
8918                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 );
8919                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8920                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8921                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8922             }
8923         }
8924         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8925         {
8926             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1;
8927             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8928             ClearSelection();
8929             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8930             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8931         }
8932         else
8933             return false;
8934
8935         return true;
8936     }
8937
8938     return false;
8939 }
8940
8941 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection )
8942 {
8943     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8944          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= 0 )
8945     {
8946         if ( expandSelection )
8947         {
8948             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8949                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8950             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() > 0 )
8951             {
8952                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 );
8953                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8954                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8955                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8956             }
8957         }
8958         else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) > 0 )
8959         {
8960             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8961             int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) - 1 );
8962             ClearSelection();
8963
8964             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8965             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8966         }
8967         else
8968             return false;
8969
8970         return true;
8971     }
8972
8973     return false;
8974 }
8975
8976 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection )
8977 {
8978     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8979          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols )
8980     {
8981         if ( expandSelection )
8982         {
8983             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8984                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8985             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
8986             {
8987                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 );
8988                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8989                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8990                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8991             }
8992         }
8993         else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < m_numCols - 1 )
8994         {
8995             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8996             int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) + 1 );
8997             ClearSelection();
8998
8999             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9000             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9001         }
9002         else
9003             return false;
9004
9005         return true;
9006     }
9007
9008     return false;
9009 }
9010
9011 bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
9012 {
9013     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9014         return false;
9015
9016     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9017     if ( row > 0 )
9018     {
9019         int cw, ch;
9020         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9021
9022         int y = GetRowTop(row);
9023         int newRow = internalYToRow( y - ch + 1 );
9024
9025         if ( newRow == row )
9026         {
9027             // row > 0, so newRow can never be less than 0 here.
9028             newRow = row - 1;
9029         }
9030
9031         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9032         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9033
9034         return true;
9035     }
9036
9037     return false;
9038 }
9039
9040 bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
9041 {
9042     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9043         return false;
9044
9045     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9046     if ( (row + 1) < m_numRows )
9047     {
9048         int cw, ch;
9049         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9050
9051         int y = GetRowTop(row);
9052         int newRow = internalYToRow( y + ch );
9053         if ( newRow == row )
9054         {
9055             // row < m_numRows, so newRow can't overflow here.
9056             newRow = row + 1;
9057         }
9058
9059         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9060         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9061
9062         return true;
9063     }
9064
9065     return false;
9066 }
9067
9068 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection )
9069 {
9070     if ( m_table &&
9071          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9072          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
9073     {
9074         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9075         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9076
9077         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9078         {
9079             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9080             // non-empty cells
9081             //
9082             while ( row > 0 )
9083             {
9084                 row--;
9085                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9086                     break;
9087             }
9088         }
9089         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row - 1, col) )
9090         {
9091             // starting at the top of a block: find the next block
9092             //
9093             row--;
9094             while ( row > 0 )
9095             {
9096                 row--;
9097                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9098                     break;
9099             }
9100         }
9101         else
9102         {
9103             // starting within a block: find the top of the block
9104             //
9105             while ( row > 0 )
9106             {
9107                 row--;
9108                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9109                 {
9110                     row++;
9111                     break;
9112                 }
9113             }
9114         }
9115
9116         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9117         if ( expandSelection )
9118         {
9119             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9120             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9121         }
9122         else
9123         {
9124             ClearSelection();
9125             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9126         }
9127
9128         return true;
9129     }
9130
9131     return false;
9132 }
9133
9134 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )
9135 {
9136     if ( m_table &&
9137          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9138          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
9139     {
9140         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9141         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9142
9143         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9144         {
9145             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9146             // non-empty cells
9147             //
9148             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9149             {
9150                 row++;
9151                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9152                     break;
9153             }
9154         }
9155         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + 1, col) )
9156         {
9157             // starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block
9158             //
9159             row++;
9160             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9161             {
9162                 row++;
9163                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9164                     break;
9165             }
9166         }
9167         else
9168         {
9169             // starting within a block: find the bottom of the block
9170             //
9171             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9172             {
9173                 row++;
9174                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9175                 {
9176                     row--;
9177                     break;
9178                 }
9179             }
9180         }
9181
9182         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9183         if ( expandSelection )
9184         {
9185             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9186             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9187         }
9188         else
9189         {
9190             ClearSelection();
9191             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9192         }
9193
9194         return true;
9195     }
9196
9197     return false;
9198 }
9199
9200 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )
9201 {
9202     if ( m_table &&
9203          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9204          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
9205     {
9206         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9207         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9208
9209         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9210         {
9211             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9212             // non-empty cells
9213             //
9214             while ( col > 0 )
9215             {
9216                 col--;
9217                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9218                     break;
9219             }
9220         }
9221         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col - 1) )
9222         {
9223             // starting at the left of a block: find the next block
9224             //
9225             col--;
9226             while ( col > 0 )
9227             {
9228                 col--;
9229                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9230                     break;
9231             }
9232         }
9233         else
9234         {
9235             // starting within a block: find the left of the block
9236             //
9237             while ( col > 0 )
9238             {
9239                 col--;
9240                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9241                 {
9242                     col++;
9243                     break;
9244                 }
9245             }
9246         }
9247
9248         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9249         if ( expandSelection )
9250         {
9251             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9252             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9253         }
9254         else
9255         {
9256             ClearSelection();
9257             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9258         }
9259
9260         return true;
9261     }
9262
9263     return false;
9264 }
9265
9266 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )
9267 {
9268     if ( m_table &&
9269          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9270          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
9271     {
9272         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9273         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9274
9275         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9276         {
9277             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9278             // non-empty cells
9279             //
9280             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9281             {
9282                 col++;
9283                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9284                     break;
9285             }
9286         }
9287         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col + 1) )
9288         {
9289             // starting at the right of a block: find the next block
9290             //
9291             col++;
9292             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9293             {
9294                 col++;
9295                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9296                     break;
9297             }
9298         }
9299         else
9300         {
9301             // starting within a block: find the right of the block
9302             //
9303             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9304             {
9305                 col++;
9306                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9307                 {
9308                     col--;
9309                     break;
9310                 }
9311             }
9312         }
9313
9314         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9315         if ( expandSelection )
9316         {
9317             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9318             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9319         }
9320         else
9321         {
9322             ClearSelection();
9323             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9324         }
9325
9326         return true;
9327     }
9328
9329     return false;
9330 }
9331
9332 //
9333 // ------ Label values and formatting
9334 //
9335
9336 void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9337 {
9338     if ( horiz )
9339         *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign;
9340     if ( vert )
9341         *vert  = m_rowLabelVertAlign;
9342 }
9343
9344 void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9345 {
9346     if ( horiz )
9347         *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign;
9348     if ( vert )
9349         *vert  = m_colLabelVertAlign;
9350 }
9351
9352 int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation() const
9353 {
9354     return m_colLabelTextOrientation;
9355 }
9356
9357 wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) const
9358 {
9359     if ( m_table )
9360     {
9361         return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row );
9362     }
9363     else
9364     {
9365         wxString s;
9366         s << row;
9367         return s;
9368     }
9369 }
9370
9371 wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) const
9372 {
9373     if ( m_table )
9374     {
9375         return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col );
9376     }
9377     else
9378     {
9379         wxString s;
9380         s << col;
9381         return s;
9382     }
9383 }
9384
9385 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width )
9386 {
9387     wxASSERT( width >= 0 || width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
9388
9389     if ( width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
9390     {
9391         width = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_ROW);
9392     }
9393
9394     if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth )
9395     {
9396         if ( width == 0 )
9397         {
9398             m_rowLabelWin->Show( false );
9399             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9400         }
9401         else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 )
9402         {
9403             m_rowLabelWin->Show( true );
9404             if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 )
9405                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9406         }
9407
9408         m_rowLabelWidth = width;
9409         CalcWindowSizes();
9410         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9411     }
9412 }
9413
9414 void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height )
9415 {
9416     wxASSERT( height >=0 || height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
9417
9418     if ( height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
9419     {
9420         height = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_COLUMN);
9421     }
9422
9423     if ( height != m_colLabelHeight )
9424     {
9425         if ( height == 0 )
9426         {
9427             m_colLabelWin->Show( false );
9428             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9429         }
9430         else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 )
9431         {
9432             m_colLabelWin->Show( true );
9433             if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 )
9434                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9435         }
9436
9437         m_colLabelHeight = height;
9438         CalcWindowSizes();
9439         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9440     }
9441 }
9442
9443 void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour )
9444 {
9445     if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour )
9446     {
9447         m_labelBackgroundColour = colour;
9448         m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9449         m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9450         m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9451
9452         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9453         {
9454             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9455             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9456             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
9457         }
9458     }
9459 }
9460
9461 void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour )
9462 {
9463     if ( m_labelTextColour != colour )
9464     {
9465         m_labelTextColour = colour;
9466         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9467         {
9468             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9469             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9470         }
9471     }
9472 }
9473
9474 void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font )
9475 {
9476     m_labelFont = font;
9477     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9478     {
9479         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9480         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9481     }
9482 }
9483
9484 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9485 {
9486     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9487     switch ( horiz )
9488     {
9489         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9490         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9491         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9492     }
9493
9494     switch ( vert )
9495     {
9496         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9497         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9498         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9499     }
9500
9501     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9502     {
9503         m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9504     }
9505
9506     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9507     {
9508         m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert;
9509     }
9510
9511     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9512     {
9513         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9514     }
9515 }
9516
9517 void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9518 {
9519     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9520     switch ( horiz )
9521     {
9522         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9523         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9524         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9525     }
9526
9527     switch ( vert )
9528     {
9529         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9530         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9531         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9532     }
9533
9534     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9535     {
9536         m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9537     }
9538
9539     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9540     {
9541         m_colLabelVertAlign = vert;
9542     }
9543
9544     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9545     {
9546         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9547     }
9548 }
9549
9550 // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it
9551 //       does not support vertical printing
9552 //
9553 // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD);
9554 //                      pGrid->SetLabelFont(font);
9555 //                      pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
9556 //
9557 void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation )
9558 {
9559     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL )
9560         m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation;
9561
9562     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9563         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9564 }
9565
9566 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s )
9567 {
9568     if ( m_table )
9569     {
9570         m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s );
9571         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9572         {
9573             wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 );
9574             if ( rect.height > 0 )
9575             {
9576                 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9577                 rect.x = 0;
9578                 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
9579                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9580             }
9581         }
9582     }
9583 }
9584
9585 void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s )
9586 {
9587     if ( m_table )
9588     {
9589         m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s );
9590         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9591         {
9592             wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col );
9593             if ( rect.width > 0 )
9594             {
9595                 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9596                 rect.y = 0;
9597                 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
9598                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9599             }
9600         }
9601     }
9602 }
9603
9604 void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour )
9605 {
9606     if ( m_gridLineColour != colour )
9607     {
9608         m_gridLineColour = colour;
9609
9610         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9611         PrepareDC( dc );
9612         DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9613     }
9614 }
9615
9616 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour )
9617 {
9618     if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour )
9619     {
9620         m_cellHighlightColour = colour;
9621
9622         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9623         PrepareDC( dc );
9624         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
9625         DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
9626         attr->DecRef();
9627     }
9628 }
9629
9630 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width)
9631 {
9632     if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width)
9633     {
9634         m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width;
9635
9636         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9637         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9638         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9639         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9640         if ( row == -1 || col == -1 || GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9641             return;
9642
9643         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9644         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9645     }
9646 }
9647
9648 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width)
9649 {
9650     if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width)
9651     {
9652         m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width;
9653
9654         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9655         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9656         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9657         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9658         if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9659             return;
9660
9661         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9662         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9663     }
9664 }
9665
9666 void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable )
9667 {
9668     if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled )
9669     {
9670         m_gridLinesEnabled = enable;
9671
9672         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9673         {
9674             if ( enable )
9675             {
9676                 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9677                 PrepareDC( dc );
9678                 DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9679             }
9680             else
9681             {
9682                 m_gridWin->Refresh();
9683             }
9684         }
9685     }
9686 }
9687
9688 int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() const
9689 {
9690     return m_defaultRowHeight;
9691 }
9692
9693 int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) const
9694 {
9695     wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") );
9696
9697     return GetRowHeight(row);
9698 }
9699
9700 int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() const
9701 {
9702     return m_defaultColWidth;
9703 }
9704
9705 int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) const
9706 {
9707     wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") );
9708
9709     return GetColWidth(col);
9710 }
9711
9712 // ============================================================================
9713 // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid
9714 // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis
9715 // ============================================================================
9716
9717 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9718 // setting default attributes
9719 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9720
9721 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col )
9722 {
9723     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9724 #ifdef __WXGTK__
9725     m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9726 #endif
9727 }
9728
9729 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col )
9730 {
9731     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col);
9732 }
9733
9734 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9735 {
9736     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9737 }
9738
9739 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow )
9740 {
9741     m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow);
9742 }
9743
9744 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font )
9745 {
9746     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font);
9747 }
9748
9749 // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the
9750 // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string
9751 // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to
9752 // work correctly.
9753
9754 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9755 {
9756     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9757                      renderer,
9758                      GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING));
9759 }
9760
9761 void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor)
9762 {
9763     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9764                      GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING),
9765                      editor);
9766 }
9767
9768 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9769 // access to the default attributes
9770 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9771
9772 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() const
9773 {
9774     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
9775 }
9776
9777 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() const
9778 {
9779     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour();
9780 }
9781
9782 wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() const
9783 {
9784     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont();
9785 }
9786
9787 void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9788 {
9789     m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9790 }
9791
9792 bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow() const
9793 {
9794     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow();
9795 }
9796
9797 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const
9798 {
9799     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
9800 }
9801
9802 wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const
9803 {
9804     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
9805 }
9806
9807 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9808 // access to cell attributes
9809 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9810
9811 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) const
9812 {
9813     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9814     wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour();
9815     attr->DecRef();
9816
9817     return colour;
9818 }
9819
9820 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) const
9821 {
9822     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9823     wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour();
9824     attr->DecRef();
9825
9826     return colour;
9827 }
9828
9829 wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) const
9830 {
9831     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9832     wxFont font = attr->GetFont();
9833     attr->DecRef();
9834
9835     return font;
9836 }
9837
9838 void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9839 {
9840     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9841     attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9842     attr->DecRef();
9843 }
9844
9845 bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col ) const
9846 {
9847     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9848     bool allow = attr->GetOverflow();
9849     attr->DecRef();
9850
9851     return allow;
9852 }
9853
9854 void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
9855 {
9856     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9857     attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols );
9858     attr->DecRef();
9859 }
9860
9861 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) const
9862 {
9863     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9864     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9865     attr->DecRef();
9866
9867     return renderer;
9868 }
9869
9870 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) const
9871 {
9872     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9873     wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
9874     attr->DecRef();
9875
9876     return editor;
9877 }
9878
9879 bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const
9880 {
9881     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9882     bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly();
9883     attr->DecRef();
9884
9885     return isReadOnly;
9886 }
9887
9888 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9889 // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ...
9890 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9891
9892 bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() const
9893 {
9894     if ( !m_table )
9895     {
9896         return false;
9897     }
9898
9899     return m_table->CanHaveAttributes();
9900 }
9901
9902 void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache()
9903 {
9904     if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 )
9905     {
9906         wxSafeDecRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9907         m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
9908         m_attrCache.row = -1;
9909     }
9910 }
9911
9912 void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const
9913 {
9914     if ( attr != NULL )
9915     {
9916         wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
9917
9918         self->ClearAttrCache();
9919         self->m_attrCache.row = row;
9920         self->m_attrCache.col = col;
9921         self->m_attrCache.attr = attr;
9922         wxSafeIncRef(attr);
9923     }
9924 }
9925
9926 bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const
9927 {
9928     if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col )
9929     {
9930         *attr = m_attrCache.attr;
9931         wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9932
9933 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9934         gs_nAttrCacheHits++;
9935 #endif
9936
9937         return true;
9938     }
9939     else
9940     {
9941 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9942         gs_nAttrCacheMisses++;
9943 #endif
9944
9945         return false;
9946     }
9947 }
9948
9949 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9950 {
9951     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
9952     // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for
9953     // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management.
9954     if ( row >= 0 )
9955     {
9956         if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) )
9957         {
9958             attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Any)
9959                            : (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9960             CacheAttr(row, col, attr);
9961         }
9962     }
9963
9964     if (attr)
9965     {
9966         attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9967     }
9968     else
9969     {
9970         attr = m_defaultCellAttr;
9971         attr->IncRef();
9972     }
9973
9974     return attr;
9975 }
9976
9977 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9978 {
9979     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9980     bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes();
9981
9982     wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, _T("Cell attributes not allowed"));
9983     wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, _T("must have a table") );
9984
9985     attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
9986     if ( !attr )
9987     {
9988         attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9989
9990         // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller
9991         attr->IncRef();
9992         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
9993     }
9994
9995     return attr;
9996 }
9997
9998 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9999 // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr)
10000 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10001
10002 void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col)
10003 {
10004     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL);
10005 }
10006
10007 void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col)
10008 {
10009     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER);
10010 }
10011
10012 void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision)
10013 {
10014     wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT;
10015     if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) )
10016     {
10017         typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision;
10018     }
10019
10020     SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName);
10021 }
10022
10023 void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName)
10024 {
10025     wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col );
10026     if (!attr)
10027         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
10028     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
10029     attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
10030
10031     SetColAttr(col, attr);
10032
10033 }
10034
10035 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10036 // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table
10037 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10038
10039 void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10040 {
10041     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10042     {
10043         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
10044         ClearAttrCache();
10045     }
10046     else
10047     {
10048         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10049     }
10050 }
10051
10052 void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10053 {
10054     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10055     {
10056         m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
10057         ClearAttrCache();
10058     }
10059     else
10060     {
10061         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10062     }
10063 }
10064
10065 void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10066 {
10067     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10068     {
10069         m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col);
10070         ClearAttrCache();
10071     }
10072     else
10073     {
10074         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10075     }
10076 }
10077
10078 void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
10079 {
10080     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10081     {
10082         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10083         attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour);
10084         attr->DecRef();
10085     }
10086 }
10087
10088 void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
10089 {
10090     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10091     {
10092         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10093         attr->SetTextColour(colour);
10094         attr->DecRef();
10095     }
10096 }
10097
10098 void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font )
10099 {
10100     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10101     {
10102         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10103         attr->SetFont(font);
10104         attr->DecRef();
10105     }
10106 }
10107
10108 void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert )
10109 {
10110     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10111     {
10112         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10113         attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
10114         attr->DecRef();
10115     }
10116 }
10117
10118 void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow )
10119 {
10120     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10121     {
10122         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10123         attr->SetOverflow(allow);
10124         attr->DecRef();
10125     }
10126 }
10127
10128 void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols )
10129 {
10130     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10131     {
10132         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
10133
10134         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10135         attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols);
10136         attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols);
10137         attr->DecRef();
10138
10139         // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values
10140         // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot
10141         // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr.
10142         // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn
10143         wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)),
10144                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell"));
10145         wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)),
10146                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1"));
10147
10148         // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first
10149         if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_rows > 1))
10150         {
10151             int i, j;
10152             for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
10153             {
10154                 for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
10155                 {
10156                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
10157                     {
10158                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
10159                         attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 );
10160                         attr_stub->DecRef();
10161                     }
10162                 }
10163             }
10164         }
10165
10166         // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to
10167         // negative or zero values to point back at this cell
10168         if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1))
10169         {
10170             int i, j;
10171             for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++)
10172             {
10173                 for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++)
10174                 {
10175                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
10176                     {
10177                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
10178                         attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i );
10179                         attr_stub->DecRef();
10180                     }
10181                 }
10182             }
10183         }
10184     }
10185 }
10186
10187 void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
10188 {
10189     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10190     {
10191         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10192         attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
10193         attr->DecRef();
10194     }
10195 }
10196
10197 void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10198 {
10199     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10200     {
10201         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10202         attr->SetEditor(editor);
10203         attr->DecRef();
10204     }
10205 }
10206
10207 void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly)
10208 {
10209     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10210     {
10211         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10212         attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly);
10213         attr->DecRef();
10214     }
10215 }
10216
10217 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10218 // Data type registration
10219 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10220
10221 void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
10222                               wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
10223                               wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10224 {
10225     m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
10226 }
10227
10228
10229 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const
10230 {
10231     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10232     return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
10233 }
10234
10235 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const
10236 {
10237     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10238     return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
10239 }
10240
10241 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10242 {
10243     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10244     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10245     {
10246         wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
10247
10248         return NULL;
10249     }
10250
10251     return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index);
10252 }
10253
10254 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10255 {
10256     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10257     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10258     {
10259         wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
10260
10261         return NULL;
10262     }
10263
10264     return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index);
10265 }
10266
10267 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10268 // row/col size
10269 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10270
10271 void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable )
10272 {
10273     m_canDragRowSize = enable;
10274 }
10275
10276 void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable )
10277 {
10278     m_canDragColSize = enable;
10279 }
10280
10281 void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable )
10282 {
10283     m_canDragGridSize = enable;
10284 }
10285
10286 void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable )
10287 {
10288     m_canDragCell = enable;
10289 }
10290
10291 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows )
10292 {
10293     m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight );
10294
10295     if ( resizeExistingRows )
10296     {
10297         // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size,
10298         // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms
10299         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10300         // some speed optimisations)
10301         m_rowHeights.Empty();
10302         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
10303         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10304             CalcDimensions();
10305     }
10306 }
10307
10308 void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height )
10309 {
10310     wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") );
10311
10312     // See comment in SetColSize
10313     if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10314         return;
10315
10316     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
10317     {
10318         // need to really create the array
10319         InitRowHeights();
10320     }
10321
10322     int h = wxMax( 0, height );
10323     int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row];
10324
10325     m_rowHeights[row] = h;
10326     for ( int i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ )
10327     {
10328         m_rowBottoms[i] += diff;
10329     }
10330
10331     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10332         CalcDimensions();
10333 }
10334
10335 void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols )
10336 {
10337     // we dont allow zero default column width
10338     m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth ), 1 );
10339
10340     if ( resizeExistingCols )
10341     {
10342         // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size,
10343         // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights
10344         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10345         // some speed optimisations)
10346         m_colWidths.Empty();
10347         m_colRights.Empty();
10348         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10349             CalcDimensions();
10350     }
10351 }
10352
10353 void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width )
10354 {
10355     wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") );
10356
10357     // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here?
10358     //                                                                 (VZ)
10359     // No, because it is reasonable to assume the library user know's
10360     // what he is doing. However we should test against the weaker
10361     // constraint of minimalAcceptableWidth, as this breaks rendering
10362     //
10363     // This test then fixes sf.net bug #645734
10364
10365     if ( width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() )
10366         return;
10367
10368     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
10369     {
10370         // need to really create the array
10371         InitColWidths();
10372     }
10373
10374     // if < 0 then calculate new width from label
10375     if ( width < 0 )
10376     {
10377         long w, h;
10378         wxArrayString lines;
10379         wxClientDC dc(m_colLabelWin);
10380         dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10381         StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines);
10382         GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
10383         width = w + 6;
10384     }
10385
10386     int w = wxMax( 0, width );
10387     int diff = w - m_colWidths[col];
10388     m_colWidths[col] = w;
10389
10390     for ( int colPos = GetColPos(col); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
10391     {
10392         m_colRights[GetColAt(colPos)] += diff;
10393     }
10394
10395     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10396         CalcDimensions();
10397 }
10398
10399 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width )
10400 {
10401     if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth())
10402     {
10403         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10404         m_colMinWidths[key] = width;
10405     }
10406 }
10407
10408 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width )
10409 {
10410     if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10411     {
10412         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10413         m_rowMinHeights[key] = width;
10414     }
10415 }
10416
10417 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const
10418 {
10419     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10420     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key);
10421
10422     return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10423 }
10424
10425 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const
10426 {
10427     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10428     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key);
10429
10430     return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10431 }
10432
10433 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width )
10434 {
10435     // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us
10436     // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns.
10437     if ( width >= 0 )
10438         m_minAcceptableColWidth = width;
10439 }
10440
10441 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height )
10442 {
10443     // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us
10444     // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows.
10445     if ( height >= 0 )
10446         m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height;
10447 }
10448
10449 int  wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const
10450 {
10451     return m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10452 }
10453
10454 int  wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const
10455 {
10456     return m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10457 }
10458
10459 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10460 // auto sizing
10461 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10462
10463 void
10464 wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow(int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, wxGridDirection direction)
10465 {
10466     const bool column = direction == wxGRID_COLUMN;
10467
10468     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
10469
10470     // cancel editing of cell
10471     HideCellEditControl();
10472     SaveEditControlValue();
10473
10474     // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if we only need one
10475     int row = -1,
10476         col = -1;
10477     if ( column )
10478         col = colOrRow;
10479     else
10480         row = colOrRow;
10481
10482     wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0;
10483     int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10484     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ )
10485     {
10486         if ( column )
10487             row = rowOrCol;
10488         else
10489             col = rowOrCol;
10490
10491         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
10492         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
10493         if ( renderer )
10494         {
10495             wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col);
10496             extent = column ? size.x : size.y;
10497             if ( extent > extentMax )
10498                 extentMax = extent;
10499
10500             renderer->DecRef();
10501         }
10502
10503         attr->DecRef();
10504     }
10505
10506     // now also compare with the column label extent
10507     wxCoord w, h;
10508     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
10509
10510     if ( column )
10511     {
10512         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h );
10513         if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL )
10514             w = h;
10515     }
10516     else
10517         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h );
10518
10519     extent = column ? w : h;
10520     if ( extent > extentMax )
10521         extentMax = extent;
10522
10523     if ( !extentMax )
10524     {
10525         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10526         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10527         extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight;
10528     }
10529     else
10530     {
10531         if ( column )
10532             // leave some space around text
10533             extentMax += 10;
10534         else
10535             extentMax += 6;
10536     }
10537
10538     if ( column )
10539     {
10540         // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal width. See the
10541         // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
10542         // in SetColSize().
10543         if ( !setAsMin )
10544             extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetColMinimalWidth(col));
10545
10546         SetColSize( col, extentMax );
10547         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10548         {
10549             int cw, ch, dummy;
10550             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10551             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) );
10552             rect.y = 0;
10553             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
10554             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
10555             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
10556             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10557         }
10558     }
10559     else
10560     {
10561         // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal height. See the
10562         // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
10563         // in SetRowSize().
10564         if ( !setAsMin )
10565             extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetRowMinimalHeight(row));
10566
10567         SetRowSize(row, extentMax);
10568         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10569         {
10570             int cw, ch, dummy;
10571             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10572             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, 0 ) );
10573             rect.x = 0;
10574             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10575             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10576             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
10577             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10578         }
10579     }
10580
10581     if ( setAsMin )
10582     {
10583         if ( column )
10584             SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax);
10585         else
10586             SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax);
10587     }
10588 }
10589
10590 wxCoord wxGrid::CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGridDirection direction)
10591 {
10592     // calculate size for the rows or columns?
10593     const bool calcRows = direction == wxGRID_ROW;
10594
10595     wxClientDC dc(calcRows ? GetGridRowLabelWindow()
10596                            : GetGridColLabelWindow());
10597     dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10598
10599     // which dimension should we take into account for calculations?
10600     //
10601     // for columns, the text can be only horizontal so it's easy but for rows
10602     // we also have to take into account the text orientation
10603     const bool
10604         useWidth = calcRows || (GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL);
10605
10606     wxArrayString lines;
10607     wxCoord extentMax = 0;
10608
10609     const int numRowsOrCols = calcRows ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10610     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < numRowsOrCols; rowOrCol++ )
10611     {
10612         lines.Clear();
10613
10614         wxString label = calcRows ? GetRowLabelValue(rowOrCol)
10615                                   : GetColLabelValue(rowOrCol);
10616         StringToLines(label, lines);
10617
10618         long w, h;
10619         GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
10620
10621         const wxCoord extent = useWidth ? w : h;
10622         if ( extent > extentMax )
10623             extentMax = extent;
10624     }
10625
10626     if ( !extentMax )
10627     {
10628         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10629         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10630         extentMax = calcRows ? GetDefaultRowLabelSize()
10631                              : GetDefaultColLabelSize();
10632     }
10633
10634     // leave some space around text (taken from AutoSizeColOrRow)
10635     if ( calcRows )
10636         extentMax += 10;
10637     else
10638         extentMax += 6;
10639
10640     return extentMax;
10641 }
10642
10643 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10644 {
10645     int width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10646
10647     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
10648     if(!calcOnly)
10649         locker.Create(this);
10650
10651     for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10652     {
10653         if ( !calcOnly )
10654             AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin);
10655
10656         width += GetColWidth(col);
10657     }
10658
10659     return width;
10660 }
10661
10662 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10663 {
10664     int height = m_colLabelHeight;
10665
10666     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
10667     if(!calcOnly)
10668         locker.Create(this);
10669
10670     for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10671     {
10672         if ( !calcOnly )
10673             AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin);
10674
10675         height += GetRowHeight(row);
10676     }
10677
10678     return height;
10679 }
10680
10681 void wxGrid::AutoSize()
10682 {
10683     wxGridUpdateLocker locker(this);
10684
10685     // we need to round up the size of the scrollable area to a multiple of
10686     // scroll step to ensure that we don't get the scrollbars when we're sized
10687     // exactly to fit our contents
10688     wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
10689                 SetOrCalcRowSizes(false) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
10690     wxSize sizeFit(GetScrollX(size.x) * GetScrollLineX(),
10691                    GetScrollY(size.y) * GetScrollLineY());
10692
10693     // distribute the extra space between the columns/rows to avoid having
10694     // extra white space
10695     wxCoord diff = sizeFit.x - size.x;
10696     if ( diff && m_numCols )
10697     {
10698         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10699         wxCoord diffPerCol = diff / m_numCols;
10700         if ( diffPerCol )
10701         {
10702             for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10703             {
10704                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + diffPerCol);
10705             }
10706         }
10707
10708         // add remaining amount to the last columns
10709         diff -= diffPerCol * m_numCols;
10710         if ( diff )
10711         {
10712             for ( int col = m_numCols - 1; col >= m_numCols - diff; col-- )
10713             {
10714                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + 1);
10715             }
10716         }
10717     }
10718
10719     // same for rows
10720     diff = sizeFit.y - size.y;
10721     if ( diff && m_numRows )
10722     {
10723         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10724         wxCoord diffPerRow = diff / m_numRows;
10725         if ( diffPerRow )
10726         {
10727             for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10728             {
10729                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + diffPerRow);
10730             }
10731         }
10732
10733         // add remaining amount to the last rows
10734         diff -= diffPerRow * m_numRows;
10735         if ( diff )
10736         {
10737             for ( int row = m_numRows - 1; row >= m_numRows - diff; row-- )
10738             {
10739                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + 1);
10740             }
10741         }
10742     }
10743
10744     // we know that we're not going to have scrollbars so disable them now to
10745     // avoid trouble in SetClientSize() which can otherwise set the correct
10746     // client size but also leave space for (not needed any more) scrollbars
10747     SetScrollbars(0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, true);
10748     SetClientSize(sizeFit.x + m_rowLabelWidth, sizeFit.y + m_colLabelHeight);
10749 }
10750
10751 void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row )
10752 {
10753     wxArrayString lines;
10754     long w, h;
10755
10756     // Hide the edit control, so it
10757     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10758     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10759     {
10760         HideCellEditControl();
10761         SaveEditControlValue();
10762     }
10763
10764     // autosize row height depending on label text
10765     StringToLines( GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines );
10766     wxClientDC dc( m_rowLabelWin );
10767     GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10768     if ( h < m_defaultRowHeight )
10769         h = m_defaultRowHeight;
10770     SetRowSize(row, h);
10771     ForceRefresh();
10772 }
10773
10774 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col )
10775 {
10776     wxArrayString lines;
10777     long w, h;
10778
10779     // Hide the edit control, so it
10780     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10781     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10782     {
10783         HideCellEditControl();
10784         SaveEditControlValue();
10785     }
10786
10787     // autosize column width depending on label text
10788     StringToLines( GetColLabelValue( col ), lines );
10789     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
10790     if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL )
10791         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10792     else
10793         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w );
10794     if ( w < m_defaultColWidth )
10795         w = m_defaultColWidth;
10796     SetColSize(col, w);
10797     ForceRefresh();
10798 }
10799
10800 wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const
10801 {
10802     wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
10803
10804     // we do the same as in AutoSize() here with the exception that we don't
10805     // change the column/row sizes, only calculate them
10806     wxSize size(self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
10807                 self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
10808     wxSize sizeFit(GetScrollX(size.x) * GetScrollLineX(),
10809                    GetScrollY(size.y) * GetScrollLineY());
10810
10811     // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to
10812     // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this
10813     // calculation.
10814     // CacheBestSize(size);
10815
10816     return wxSize(sizeFit.x + m_rowLabelWidth, sizeFit.y + m_colLabelHeight)
10817             + GetWindowBorderSize();
10818 }
10819
10820 void wxGrid::Fit()
10821 {
10822     AutoSize();
10823 }
10824
10825 wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const
10826 {
10827     return wxNullPen;
10828 }
10829
10830 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10831 // cell value accessor functions
10832 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10833
10834 void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s )
10835 {
10836     if ( m_table )
10837     {
10838         m_table->SetValue( row, col, s );
10839         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10840         {
10841             int dummy;
10842             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) );
10843             rect.x = 0;
10844             rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
10845             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10846             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
10847         }
10848
10849         if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row &&
10850              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col &&
10851              IsCellEditControlShown())
10852              // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled,
10853              // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from
10854              // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler.
10855         {
10856             HideCellEditControl();
10857             ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table
10858         }
10859     }
10860 }
10861
10862 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10863 // block, row and column selection
10864 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10865
10866 void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected )
10867 {
10868     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10869         ClearSelection();
10870
10871     if ( m_selection )
10872         m_selection->SelectRow( row, false, addToSelected );
10873 }
10874
10875 void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected )
10876 {
10877     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10878         ClearSelection();
10879
10880     if ( m_selection )
10881         m_selection->SelectCol( col, false, addToSelected );
10882 }
10883
10884 void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
10885                           bool addToSelected )
10886 {
10887     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10888         ClearSelection();
10889
10890     if ( m_selection )
10891         m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol,
10892                                   false, addToSelected );
10893 }
10894
10895 void wxGrid::SelectAll()
10896 {
10897     if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 )
10898     {
10899         if ( m_selection )
10900             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
10901     }
10902 }
10903
10904 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10905 // cell, row and col deselection
10906 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10907
10908 void wxGrid::DeselectRow( int row )
10909 {
10910     if ( !m_selection )
10911         return;
10912
10913     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
10914     {
10915         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, 0 ) )
10916             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, 0);
10917     }
10918     else
10919     {
10920         int nCols = GetNumberCols();
10921         for ( int i = 0; i < nCols; i++ )
10922         {
10923             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, i ) )
10924                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, i);
10925         }
10926     }
10927 }
10928
10929 void wxGrid::DeselectCol( int col )
10930 {
10931     if ( !m_selection )
10932         return;
10933
10934     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
10935     {
10936         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(0, col ) )
10937             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(0, col);
10938     }
10939     else
10940     {
10941         int nRows = GetNumberRows();
10942         for ( int i = 0; i < nRows; i++ )
10943         {
10944             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(i, col ) )
10945                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(i, col);
10946         }
10947     }
10948 }
10949
10950 void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col )
10951 {
10952     if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) )
10953         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col);
10954 }
10955
10956 bool wxGrid::IsSelection() const
10957 {
10958     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() ||
10959              ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
10960                m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) );
10961 }
10962
10963 bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const
10964 {
10965     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) ||
10966              ( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() &&
10967                col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() &&
10968                row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() &&
10969                col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() )) );
10970 }
10971
10972 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const
10973 {
10974     if (!m_selection)
10975     {
10976         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10977         return a;
10978     }
10979
10980     return m_selection->m_cellSelection;
10981 }
10982
10983 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const
10984 {
10985     if (!m_selection)
10986     {
10987         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10988         return a;
10989     }
10990
10991     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft;
10992 }
10993
10994 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const
10995 {
10996     if (!m_selection)
10997     {
10998         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10999         return a;
11000     }
11001
11002     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight;
11003 }
11004
11005 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const
11006 {
11007     if (!m_selection)
11008     {
11009         wxArrayInt a;
11010         return a;
11011     }
11012
11013     return m_selection->m_rowSelection;
11014 }
11015
11016 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const
11017 {
11018     if (!m_selection)
11019     {
11020         wxArrayInt a;
11021         return a;
11022     }
11023
11024     return m_selection->m_colSelection;
11025 }
11026
11027 void wxGrid::ClearSelection()
11028 {
11029     m_selectingTopLeft =
11030     m_selectingBottomRight =
11031     m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
11032     if ( m_selection )
11033         m_selection->ClearSelection();
11034 }
11035
11036 // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block
11037 // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window.
11038 //
11039 wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords &topLeft,
11040                                   const wxGridCellCoords &bottomRight ) const
11041 {
11042     wxRect rect( wxGridNoCellRect );
11043     wxRect cellRect;
11044
11045     cellRect = CellToRect( topLeft );
11046     if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
11047     {
11048         rect = cellRect;
11049     }
11050     else
11051     {
11052         rect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
11053     }
11054
11055     cellRect = CellToRect( bottomRight );
11056     if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
11057     {
11058         rect += cellRect;
11059     }
11060     else
11061     {
11062         return wxGridNoCellRect;
11063     }
11064
11065     int i, j;
11066     int left = rect.GetLeft();
11067     int top = rect.GetTop();
11068     int right = rect.GetRight();
11069     int bottom = rect.GetBottom();
11070
11071     int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol();
11072     int topRow = topLeft.GetRow();
11073     int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol();
11074     int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow();
11075
11076     if (left > right)
11077     {
11078         i = left;
11079         left = right;
11080         right = i;
11081         i = leftCol;
11082         leftCol = rightCol;
11083         rightCol = i;
11084     }
11085
11086     if (top > bottom)
11087     {
11088         i = top;
11089         top = bottom;
11090         bottom = i;
11091         i = topRow;
11092         topRow = bottomRow;
11093         bottomRow = i;
11094     }
11095
11096     for ( j = topRow; j <= bottomRow; j++ )
11097     {
11098         for ( i = leftCol; i <= rightCol; i++ )
11099         {
11100             if ((j == topRow) || (j == bottomRow) || (i == leftCol) || (i == rightCol))
11101             {
11102                 cellRect = CellToRect( j, i );
11103
11104                 if (cellRect.x < left)
11105                     left = cellRect.x;
11106                 if (cellRect.y < top)
11107                     top = cellRect.y;
11108                 if (cellRect.x + cellRect.width > right)
11109                     right = cellRect.x + cellRect.width;
11110                 if (cellRect.y + cellRect.height > bottom)
11111                     bottom = cellRect.y + cellRect.height;
11112             }
11113             else
11114             {
11115                 i = rightCol; // jump over inner cells.
11116             }
11117         }
11118     }
11119
11120     // convert to scrolled coords
11121     //
11122     CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top );
11123     CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom );
11124
11125     int cw, ch;
11126     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
11127
11128     if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch)
11129         return wxRect(0,0,0,0);
11130
11131     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) );
11132     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) );
11133     rect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) );
11134     rect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) );
11135
11136     return rect;
11137 }
11138
11139 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11140 // grid event classes
11141 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11142
11143 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11144
11145 wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11146                           int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel,
11147                           bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11148         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11149 {
11150     m_row = row;
11151     m_col = col;
11152     m_x = x;
11153     m_y = y;
11154     m_selecting = sel;
11155     m_control = control;
11156     m_shift = shift;
11157     m_alt = alt;
11158     m_meta = meta;
11159
11160     SetEventObject(obj);
11161 }
11162
11163
11164 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11165
11166 wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11167                                   int rowOrCol, int x, int y,
11168                                   bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11169         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11170 {
11171     m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol;
11172     m_x = x;
11173     m_y = y;
11174     m_control = control;
11175     m_shift = shift;
11176     m_alt = alt;
11177     m_meta = meta;
11178
11179     SetEventObject(obj);
11180 }
11181
11182
11183 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11184
11185 wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11186                                                const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
11187                                                const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
11188                                                bool sel, bool control,
11189                                                bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11190         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11191 {
11192     m_topLeft = topLeft;
11193     m_bottomRight = bottomRight;
11194     m_selecting = sel;
11195     m_control = control;
11196     m_shift = shift;
11197     m_alt = alt;
11198     m_meta = meta;
11199
11200     SetEventObject(obj);
11201 }
11202
11203
11204 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent)
11205
11206 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type,
11207                                                    wxObject* obj, int row,
11208                                                    int col, wxControl* ctrl)
11209     : wxCommandEvent(type, id)
11210 {
11211     SetEventObject(obj);
11212     m_row = row;
11213     m_col = col;
11214     m_ctrl = ctrl;
11215 }
11216
11217 #endif // wxUSE_GRID